UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,WASHINGTON, DC 20549



FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20062008

 

or

or

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from _____________ to _______________


Commission file number: 0-13801

 

For the transition period from_____________ to_____________Quality Systems, Inc.


(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Commission file number: 0-13801

Quality Systems, Inc.


(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

California

95-2888568



(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

18191 Von Karman Avenue, Irvine, California 92603


(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(949) 255-2600


(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600, Irvine, California 92612


(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(949) 255-2600


(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


 

 

NoneCommon Stock, par value $.01 per share

NoneNasdaq Global Select Market



(Title of each class)

(Name of each exchange on which registered)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None


(Title of class)

Common Stock, par value $.01 per Share


(Title of class)

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.


Yes  
o  No x

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d)15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Yeso  Nox

          Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrantregistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x   No o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s

-1-



registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ox

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer o      Accelerated Filer x        Non-Accelerated Filer o

Large accelerated filer  o

Accelerated filer  x

Non-accelerated filer  o




          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes o  No x

          Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No  o

          The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of September 30, 2005: $564,833,0002007: $640,154,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s Common Stockcommon stock as reported in the NASDAQ National Market System on that date, $33.71$36.63 per share).* (1)

          The Registrant has no non-voting common equity.

          Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of Common Stock,common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

 

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value

 

26,711,11727,454,221


 


(Class)

 

(Outstanding at June 8, 2006)1, 2008)

          * For purposes of this Report, in addition to those shareholders which fall within the definition of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the Registrant’s Common Stockcommon stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report.

          (1)      On January 26,31, 2006, the Companyregistrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to its outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record on March 3, 2006. On January 27,February 2, 2005, the Companyregistrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to its outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record on March 4, 2005. All share prices and share amounts set forth herein have been retroactively adjusted to reflect such stock splits.

DocumentsDOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by Reference: None.reference into the following parts of this Form 10-K:

Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders — Part III Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.

-2-




CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

Statements made in this report, the Annual Report to Shareholders in which this report is made a part, other reports and proxy statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), communications to shareholders, press releases and oral statements made by our representatives that are not historical in nature, or that state our or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future, may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” “will,” “will be,” “will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,” or “estimate” or variations thereof or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or results. Theyperformance.

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that any such performance and actual results, financial condition or business, could differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, thosethe risk factors discussed belowin Item 1A of this report as well as thosefactors discussed elsewhere in this and other reports filedand documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Other unforeseen factors not identified herein could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in future operating results, financial condition or business over time.

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

General

Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including discussions of our product development plans, business strategies and market factors influencing our results, are forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those anticipatedtime unless required by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unforeseen, including, but not limited to, our ability to continue to develop new products and increase systems sales in markets characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation within our target marketplace and among our competitors, and competition from larger, better capitalized competitors. Many other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could impact our ability to achieve our goals.law. Interested persons are urged to review the risks described under “ItemItem 1A. Risk“Risk Factors” and in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Quality Systems Inc., comprised of the QSI Division (QSI Division) and a wholly ownedwholly-owned subsidiary, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (NextGen Division) (collectively, the Company, we, our,“our company,” “we,” “our,” or us)“us”) develops and markets healthcare information systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as physician hospital organizations (PHO’s) and management service organizations (MSO’s), ambulatory care centers, community health centers, and medical and dental schools.

The Company,Quality Systems, Inc., a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an early focus on providing information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, we capitalized on the increasing focus on medical cost containment and further expanded our information processing systems to serve the medical market. In the mid- 1990’s we made two acquisitions that accelerated our penetration of the medical market. These two acquisitions formed the basis for the NextGen Division. Today, we serve the medical and dental markets through our two divisions.

The two Divisionsdivisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Divisiondivision maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support teams, sales staffing, and branding. The two



Divisions divisions share the resources of our “corporate office” which includes a variety of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software from each of our two Divisions.divisions.

The QSI Division, co-located with our Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In addition, the Divisiondivision supports a number of medical clients that utilize the Division’sdivision’s UNIX1 based medical practice management software product.

The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and a second significant location in Atlanta, Georgia, focuses principally on developing and marketing products and services for medical practices.

Both Divisionsdivisions develop and market practice management software whichthat is designed to automate and streamline a number of the administrative functions required for operating a medical or dental practice. Examples of practice management software functions include scheduling and billing capabilities. It is important to note that in both the medical and dental environments, practice


1 UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.


management software systems have already been implemented by the vast majority of practices. Therefore, we actively compete for the replacement market.

In addition, both Divisionsdivisions develop and market software that automates the patient record. Adoption ofrates for this software, commonly referred to as clinical software, is in itsare relatively early stages.low. Therefore, we are typically competing to replace paper-based patient record alternatives as opposed to replacing previously purchased systems.

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)/connectivity products are intended to automate a number of manual, often paper-based or telephony intensive communications between patients and/or providers and/or payors. Two of the more common EDI services are forwarding insurance claims electronically from providers to payors and assisting practices with issuing statements to patients. Most client practices utilize at least some of these services from us or one of our competitors. Other EDI/connectivity services are used more sporadically by client practices. We typically compete to displace incumbent vendors for claims and statements accounts, and attempt to increase usage of other elements in our EDI/connectivity product line. In general, EDI services are only sold to those accounts utilizing software from one of our Divisions.divisions.

The NextGen Division also offers Revenue Cycle Management (RCM) services under the Practice Solutions name. Services provided through the Practice Solutions/RCM unit consist primarily of billing and collections services for medical practices. The Practice Solutions unit utilizes NextGen EPM software to a significant extent.

The QSI Division’s practice management software suite utilizes a UNIX operating system. Its Clinical Product Suite (CPS) utilizes a Windows NT2 operating system and can be fully integrated with the practice management software from each Division.division. CPS incorporates a wide range of clinical tools including, but not limited to, periodontal charting and digital imaging of X-ray and inter-oral camera images as part of the electronic patient record. The Divisiondivision develops, markets, and manages our EDI/connectivity applications. The QSInet Application Service Provider (ASP/Internet) offering is also developed and marketed by the Division.

Our NextGen Division develops and sells proprietary electronic medical records software and practice management systems under the NextGenNextGen®®3 product name. Major product categories of the NextGen suite include Electronic Medical Records (NextGenemr), Enterprise Practice Management (NextGenepm), Enterprise Appointment Scheduling (NextGeneas), Enterprise Master Patient Index (NextGenepi), NextGen Image Control System (NextGenics), Managed Care Server (NextGenmcs), Electronic Data Interchange, System Interfaces, Internet Operability (NextGenweb), a Patient-centric and Provider-centric Web Portal solution (NextMD4.com), NextGen Express, a version of NextGenemrdesigned for small practices and NextGen Community Health Solution (NextGenchs). NextGen products utilize Microsoft Windows technology and can operate in a client-server environment as well as via private intranet, the Internet, or in an ASP environment.

We continue to pursue product enhancement initiatives within each Division.division. The majority of such expenditures are currently targeted to the NextGen Division product line and client base.


1 UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.

2Microsoft Windows, Windows NT, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows XP, and Windows 2000 are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.

3NextGen is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.

4NextMD is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.



Inclusive of divisional EDI revenue, the NextGen Division accounted for approximately 87.0%91.4% of our revenue for fiscal 2006year 2008 compared to 82.7%89.4% in fiscal 2005.year 2007. Inclusive of divisional EDI revenue, the QSI Division accounted for 13.0%8.6% and 17.3%10.6% of revenue in fiscal 2006year 2008 and 2005,2007, respectively. The NextGen Division’s revenue grew at 41.0%21.3% and 35.2%35.5% in fiscal 2006year 2008 and 2005,2007, respectively, while the QSI Division’s revenue decreased by 3.3% and increased by 1.2% and decreased by 6.8%6.7% in fiscal 2006year 2008 and 2005,2007, respectively.

In addition to the aforementioned software solutions which we offer through our two divisions, each division offers comprehensive hardware and software installation services, maintenance and support services, and system training services.

On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI). The acquisition resulted in HSI becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of QSI. We plan to operate HSI as a stand alone Company within the NextGen Division.


2 Microsoft Windows, Windows NT, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows XP, and Windows 2000 are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.

3 NextGen is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.

4 NextMD is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.



HSI is a full-service healthcare revenue management company servicing the revenue cycle management needs of physician groups and a variety of other healthcare clients. HSI has historically and primarily focused on assisting its clients in increasing the accuracy and speed of client billing and collections activities.

Industry Background

To compete in the continually changing healthcare environment, providers are increasingly using technology to help maximize the efficiency of their business practices, to assist in enhancing patient care, and to maintain the privacy of patient information.

As the reimbursement environment continues to evolve, more healthcare providers enter into contracts, often with multiple entities, which define the terms under which care is administered and paid for. The diversity of payor organizations, as well as additional government regulation and changes in reimbursement models, have greatly increased the complexity of pricing, billing, reimbursement, and records management for medical and dental practices. To operate effectively, healthcare provider organizations must efficiently manage patient care and other information and workflow processes which increasingly extend across multiple locations and business entities.

In response, healthcare provider organizations have placed increasing demands on their information systems. Initially, these information systems automated financial and administrative functions. As it became necessary to manage patient flow processes, the need arose to integrate “back-office” data with such clinical information as patient test results and office visits. The Company believesWe believe information systems must facilitate management of patient information incorporating administrative, financial and clinical information from multiple entities. In addition, large healthcare organizations increasingly require information systems that can deliver high performance in environments with multiple concurrent computer users.

Many existing healthcare information systems were designed for limited administrative tasks such as billing and scheduling and can neither accommodate multiple computing environments nor operate effectively across multiple locations and entities. We believe that practices that leverage technology to more efficiently handle patient clinical data as well as administrative, financial and other practice management data, will be best able to enhance patient flow, pursue cost efficiencies, and improve quality of care. As healthcare organizations transition to new computer platforms and newer technologies, we believe such organizations will be migrating toward the implementation of enterprise-wide, patient-centric computing systems embedded with automated clinical patient records.

CompanyOur Strategy

The Company’sOur strategy is, at present, to focus on its coreproviding software business.and services to medical and dental practices. Among the key elements central toof this strategy are:

 

 

Continued development and enhancement of select software solutions in target markets;

 

 

Continued investments in our infrastructure including but not limited to product development, sales, marketing, implementation, and support;

 

 

Continued efforts to make infrastructure investments within an overall context of maintaining reasonable expense discipline; and

 

 

Addition of new customers through maintaining and expanding sales, marketing and product development activities.activities; and

 

Expanding our relationship with existing customers through delivery of new products and services.

While these are the key elements of our current strategy, there can be no guarantees that our strategy will not change, or that we will succeed in achieving these goals individually or collectively.



Products

In response to the growing need for more comprehensive, cost-effective healthcare information solutions for physician and dental practices, our systems provide our clients with the ability to redesign patient care and other workflow processes while improving productivity through facilitation of managed access to patient information. Utilizing our proprietary software in combination with third party hardware and software solutions, our products enable the integration of a variety of administrative and clinical information operations. Leveraging more than 30 years of experience in the healthcare information services industry, we believe that we continue to add value by providing our clients with sophisticated, full-featured software systems along with



comprehensive systems implementation, maintenance and support services. Any single transaction may or may not include software, hardware or services.

Practice Management Systems. Our products consist primarily of proprietary healthcare software applications together with third party hardware and other non-industry specific software. The systems range in capacity from one to thousands of users, allowing us to address the needs of both small and large organizations. The systems are modular in design and may be expanded to accommodate changing client requirements.

The QSI Division’s character-based practice management system is available in both dental and medical versions and primarily uses the IBM RS60005[5] central processing unit and IBM’S AIX6[6] version of the UNIX operating system as a platform for our application software enabling a wide range of flexible and functional systems. The hardware components, as well as the requisite operating system licenses, are purchased from manufacturers or distributors of those components.

We configure and test the hardware components and incorporate our software and other third party packages into completed systems tailored to accommodate particular client requirements.systems. We continually evaluate third party hardware components with a view toward utilizing hardware that is functional, reliable and cost-effective.

NextGenepm EPM is the NextGen division’s practice management offering. NextGenepm EPM has been developed using a graphical user interface (GUI) client-server platform for compatibility with Windows 2000, Windows NT and Windows XP operating systems and relational databases that are ANSI SQL-compliant. NextGenepm EPM is scalable and includes a master patient index, enterprise-wide appointment scheduling with referral tracking, clinical support, and centralized or decentralized patient financial management based on either a managed care or fee-for-service model. The system’s multi-tiered architecture allows work to be performed on the database server, the application server and the client workstation.

We also offer practice management solutions for both dental and medical practices through the Internet. These products are marketed under the QSINet and NextGenweb WEB trade names, respectively.

Clinical Systems. Our dental charting software system, the Clinical Product Suite (CPS), is a comprehensive solution designed specifically for the dental group practice environment. CPS integrates the dental practice management product with a computer-based clinical information system that incorporates a wide range of clinical tools, including:

 

 

Electronic charting of dental procedures, treatment plans and existing conditions;

 

 

Periodontal charting via light-pen, voice-activation, or keyboard entry for full periodontal examinations and PSR scoring;

 

 

Digital imaging of X-ray and intra-oral camera images;

 

 

Computer-based patient education modules, viewable chair-side to enhance case presentation;

 

 

Full access to patient information, treatment plans, and insurance plans via a fully integrated interface with our dental practice management product; and

 

 

Document and image scanning for digital storage and linkage to the electronic patient record.

The result is a comprehensive clinical information management system that helps practices save time, reduce costs, improve case presentation, and enhance the delivery of dental services and quality of care. Clinical information is


5 RS6000 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

6 AIX is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.



managed and maintained electronically thus forming an electronic patient record that allows for the implementation of the “chartless” office.

CPS incorporates Windows-based client-server technology consisting of one or more file servers together with any combination of one or more desktop, laptop, or pen-based PC workstations. The file server(s) used in connection with CPS utilize(s) a Windows NT or Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating system and the hardware is typically a Pentium7[7]-based single or multi-processor platform. Based on the server configuration chosen, CPS is scalable from one to hundreds of workstations. A typical configuration may also include redundant disk storage, magnetic tape units, intra- and extra-oral cameras, digital X-ray components, digital scanners, conventional and flat screen displays, and printers. The hardware components, including the requisite operating system licenses, are purchased from third party manufacturers or distributors either directly by the customer or by us for resale to the customer.


5 RS6000 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

6 AIX is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

7 Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.

8 Microsoft and SQL Server is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

9 Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.



NextGen provides clinical software applications that are complementary to, and are integrated with, our medical practice management offerings and interface with many of the other leading practice management software systems on the market. The applications incorporated into our practice management solutions and others such as scheduling, eligibility, billing and claims processing are augmented by clinical information captured by NextGenemr, EMR, including services rendered and diagnoses used for billing purposes. We believe that we currently provide a comprehensive information management solution for the medical marketplace.

NextGenemr EMR was developed with client-server architecture and a GUI and utilizes Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows NT or Windows XP on each workstation and either Windows 2000, Windows NT, Windows XP or UNIX on the database server. NextGenemr EMR maintains data using industry standard relational database engines such as Microsoft SQL Server8[8] or Oracle9[9]. The system is scalable from one to hundredsthousands of workstations.

NextGen EMR stores and maintains clinical data including:

 

 

NextGenemr stores and maintains clinical data including:

Data captured using user-customizeduser-customizable input “templates”;

 

 

Scanned or electronically acquired images, including X-rays and photographs;

 

 

Data electronically acquired through interfaces with clinical instruments or external systems;

 

 

Other records, documents or notes, including electronically captured handwriting and annotations; and

 

 

Digital voice recordings.

NextGenemr EMR also offers a workflow module, prescription management, automatic document and letter generation, patient education, referral tracking, interfaces to billing and lab systems, physician alerts and reminders, and powerful reporting and data analysis tools. NextGen Express is a version of NextGenemr EMR designed for small practices.

In May 2006, theThe NextGen Division announced the launch of a new community network technology product named NextGen®also markets NextGen® Community Health Solution (NextGen CHS). The NextGen CHS facilitates cross-enterprise data sharing, enabling individual medical practices in a given community to selectively share critical data such as demographics, referrals, medications lists, allergies, diagnoses, lab results, histories and more. This is accomplished through a secure, community-wide data repository that links health care providers, whether they have the NextGen®NextGen® Electronic Medical Record (NextGen®(NextGen® EMR) system, another compatible EMR system, or no EMR, together with hospitals, payors, labs and other entities. The product is designed to facilitate a Regional Health Information Organization, or “RHIO.” The result is that for every health care encounter in the community, a patient-centric and complete record is accessible for the provider. The availability, currency and completeness of information plus the elimination of duplicate data entry can lead to significantly improved patient safety, enhanced decision making capabilities, time efficiencies and cost savings.

In fiscal year 2006, we introduced a new service namedNextGen also markets revenue cycle management services through our Practice Solutions.Solutions unit. This service provides billing services to singlesolo and group practice practitioners.


7 Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.

8 Microsoft and SQL Server is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.practices.

9 Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.



Connectivity Services. The Company makes We make available electronic data interchange (“EDI”)EDI capabilities and connectivity services to our customers. The EDI/connectivity capabilities encompass direct interfaces between our products and external third party systems, as well as transaction-based services. Services include:

 

 

Electronic claims submission through our relationships with a number of payors and national claims clearinghouses;

 

 

Electronic patient statement processing, appointment reminder cards and calls, recall cards, patient letters, and other correspondence;

 

 

Electronic insurance eligibility verification; and

 

 

Electronic posting of remittances from insurance carriers into the accounts receivable application.

Revenue Cycle Management Services Our Nextgen Practice Solutions unit offers revenue cycle management services to physicians. On May 20, 2008, we acquired HSI, a full-service healthcare revenue management company servicing the revenue cycle management needs of physician groups and a variety of other healthcare clients. HSI has historically and primarily focused on assisting its clients in increasing the accuracy and speed of client billing and collections activities.




Internet Applications. Our NextGen Division maintains an Internet-based consumerpatient health portal, NextMD.com. NextMD.comNextMD®. NextMD is a vertical portal for the healthcare industry, linking patients with their physicians, insurers, laboratories, and online pharmacies, while providing a centralized source of health-oriented information for both consumers and medical professionals. Patients whose physicians are linked to the portal are able to request appointments, send appointment changes or cancellations, receive test results on-line, request prescription refills, view and/or pay their statements, and communicate with their physicians, all in a secure, on-line environment. Our NextGen suite of information systems are or can be linked to NextMD.com,NextMD, integrating a number of these features with physicians’ existing systems.

Our QSI Division also provides a web-based application called QSINet which allows clients to access information from their practice management system via the Internet. This application also enables providers to offer their patients convenient services such as on-line appointment scheduling and electronic bill payment through the client’s website, and posts this data directly to the client’s existing practice management system.

Sales and Marketing

We sell and market our products nationwide primarily through a direct sales force. The efforts of the direct sales force are augmented by a small number of reseller relationships established by us. Software license sales to resellers represented less than 10% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 20062008, 2007 and 2005.2006.

Our direct sales force typically makes presentations to potential clients by demonstrating the system and our capabilities on the prospective client’s premises. Sales efforts aimed at smaller practices are primarilycan be performed on the prospective clients’ premises, or remotely via telephone or internet basedInternet-based presentations. Our sales and marketing employees identify prospective clients through a variety of means, including referrals from existing clients, industry consultants, contacts at professional society meetings, trade shows and seminars, trade journal advertising, direct mail advertising, and telemarketing.

Our sales cycle can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty four months from initial contact to contract execution. Software licenses are normally delivered to a customer almost immediately upon receipt of an order. Implementation and training services are normally rendered based on a mutually agreed upon timetable. As part of the fees paid by our clients, we normally receive up-front licensing fees. Clients have the option to purchase maintenance services which, if purchased, are invoiced on a monthly, quarterly or quarterlyannual basis.

Several clients have purchased our practice management software and, in turn, are providing either time-share or billing services to single and group practice practitioners. Under the time-sharetimeshare or billing service agreements, the client provides the use of our software for a fee to one or more practitioners. Although we typically do not receive a fee directly from the distributor’s customers, implementation of such arrangements has, from time to time, resulted in the purchase of additional software capacity by the distributor, as well as new software purchases made by the distributor’s customers should such customers decide to perform the practice management functions in-house.

We continue to concentrate our direct sales and marketing efforts on medical and dental practices, networks of such practices including MSO’s and PHO’s, professional schools, community health centers and other ambulatory care settings.

MSO’s, PHO’s and similar networks to which we have sold systems provide use of our software to those group and single physician practices associated with the organization or hospital on either a service basis or by directing us to contract with those practices for the sale of stand-alone systems.



We have also entered into marketing assistance agreements with certain of our clients pursuant to which the clients allow us to demonstrate to potential clients the use of systems on the existing clients’ premises.

From time to time we assist prospective clients in identifying third party sources for financing the purchase of our systems. The financing is typically obtained by the client directly from institutional lenders and typically takes the form of a loan from the institution secured by the system to be purchased or a leasing arrangement. We do not guarantee the financing nor retain any continuing interest in the transaction.

We have numerous clients and do not believe that the loss of any single client would have a material adverse effect onadversely affect us. No client accounted for ten percent or more of net revenue during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 2005,2008, 2007, or 2004.2006. However, one client did represent approximately 12.5% of gross accounts receivable as of March 31, 2007.


Customer Service and Support

We believe our success is attributable in part to our customer service and support departments. We offer support to our clients seven days a week, 24 hours a day.

Our client support staff is comprised of specialists who are knowledgeable in the areas of software and hardware as well as in the day-to-day operations of a practice. System support activities range from correcting minor procedural problems in the client’s system to performing complex database reconstructions or software updates.

We utilize automated online support systems which assist clients in resolving minor problems and facilitate automated electronic retrieval of problems and symptoms following a client’s call to the automated support system. Additionally, our online support systems maintain call records, available at both the client’s facility and our offices.

We offer our clients support services for most system components, including hardware and software, for a fixed monthly, quarterly or quarterlyannual fee. Customers also receive access to future unspecified versions of the software, on a when-and-if available basis, as part of support services. We also subcontract, in certain instances, with third party vendors to perform specific hardware maintenance tasks.

Implementation and Training

We offer full service implementation and training services. When a client signs a contract for the purchase of a system that includes implementation and training services, a client manager/implementation specialist trained in medical and/or dental group practice procedures is assigned to assist the client in the installation of the system and the training of appropriate practice staff. Implementation services include loading the software, training customer personnel, data conversion, running test data, and assisting in the development and documentation of procedures. Implementation and training services are provided by our employees as well as certified third parties and certain resellers.

Training may include a combination of computer assisted instruction (CAI) for certain of our products, remote training techniques and training classes conducted at the client’s or our office(s). CAI consists of workbooks, computer interaction and self-paced instruction. CAI is also offered to clients, for an additional charge, after the initial training program is completed for the purpose of training new and additional employees. Remote training allows a trainer at our offices to train one or more people at a client site via telephone and computer connection, thus allowing an interactive and client-specific mode of training without the expense and time required for travel. In addition, our on-line “help” and other documentation features facilitate client training as well as ongoing support.

During fiscal year 2006, we introducedIn addition, NextGen E-learning is an on-line learning subscription service which allows end users to train on the software on the internet. E-learning allows end users to self manage their own learning with their personal learning path. The service allows users to track the status of courses taken.

Also in fiscal year 2006, we opened a NextGen training facility adjacent toAt present, our corporate offices in Irvine, California and initiated expansion of training facilities are located in (i) Horsham, Pennsylvania, (ii) Atlanta, Georgia, (iii) Dallas, Texas and Atlanta, Georgia.(iv) Irvine, California.



Competition

The markets for healthcare information systems are intensely competitive. The industry is highly fragmented and includes numerous competitors, none of which we believe dominates these markets. The electronic patient records and connectivity markets, in particular, are subject to rapid changes in technology, and we expect that competition in these market segments will increase as new competitors enter the market. We believe our principal competitive advantages are the features and capabilities of our products and services, our high level of customer support, and our extensive experience in the industry.

ProductionProduct Enhancement and Development

The healthcare information management and computer software and hardware industries are characterized by rapid technological change requiring us to engage in continuing investments to update, enhance, and improve our systems. During fiscal years 2006, 2005,2008, 2007, and 2004,2006, we expended approximately $11.4$17.4 million, $9.6$15.2 million, and $8.7$11.4 million, respectively, on research and development activities, including capitalized software amounts of $3.3$6.0 million, $2.7$5.0 million, and $2.6$3.3 million, respectively. In addition, a portion of our product enhancements have resulted from software development work performed under contracts with our clients.



Employees

As of June 1, 2006,2008, we employed 538704 persons, of which 529692 were full-time employees. We believe that our future success depends in part upon recruiting and retaining qualified sales, marketing and technical personnel as well as other employees.

 

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

The more prominent risks and uncertainties inherent in our business are described below. However, additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations will likely suffer. Any of these or other factors could harm our business and future results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We face significant, evolving competition.competition which, if we fail to properly address, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of our stock.The markets for healthcare information systems are intensely competitive, and we face significant competition from a number of different sources. Several of our competitors have significantly greater name recognition as well as substantially greater financial, technical, product development and marketing resources than we do. There has been significant merger and acquisition activity among a number of our competitors in recent months.years. Transaction induced pressures, or other related factors may result in price erosion or other negative market dynamics that could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of our stock.

We compete in all of our markets with other major healthcare related companies, information management companies, systems integrators, and other software developers. Competitive pressures and other factors, such as new product introductions by ourselves or our competitors, may result in price or market share erosion that could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, there can be no assurance that our applications will achieve broad market acceptance or will successfully compete with other available software products.

Our inability to make initial sales of our systems to newly formed groups and/or healthcare providers that are replacing or substantially modifying their healthcare information systems could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If new systems sales do not materialize, our near term and longer term revenue will be negativelyadversely affected.

OurThe unpredictability of our quarterly operating results have historically fluctuated and may do so incause the future.price of our common stock to fluctuate or decline.Our revenue may fluctuate in the future from quarter to quarter and period to period, as a result of a number of factors including, without limitation:

 

 

the size and timing of orders from clients;

 

 

the specific mix of software, hardware, and services in client orders;

 

 

the length of sales cycles and installation processes;



 

 

the ability of our clients to obtain financing for the purchase of our products;

 

 

changes in pricing policies or price reductions by us or our competitors;

 

 

the timing of new product announcements and product introductions by us or our competitors;

 

 

changes in revenue recognition or other accounting guidelines employed by us and/or established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other rule-making bodies;

 

 

the availability and cost of system components;

 

 

the financial stability of clients;

 

 

market acceptance of new products, applications and product enhancements;

 

 

our ability to develop, introduce and market new products, applications and product enhancements;

 

 

our success in expanding our sales and marketing programs;

 

 

deferrals of client orders in anticipation of new products, applications, product enhancements, or public/private sector initiatives;

 

 

accounting policies concerning the timing of the recognition of revenue;

execution of or changes to our strategy;

 

 

personnel changes; and

 

 

general market/economic factors.

Our software products are generally shipped as orders are received and accordingly, we have historically operated with a minimal backlog of license fees. As a result, revenue in any quarter is dependent on orders booked and shipped in that quarter and is not predictable with any degree of certainty. Furthermore, our systems can be relatively large and expensive and



individual systems sales can represent a significant portion of our revenue and profits for a quarter such that the loss or deferral of even one such sale can have a significant adverse impact onadversely affect our quarterly revenue and profitability.

Clients often defer systems purchases until our quarter end, so quarterly results generally cannot be predicted and frequently are not known until after the quarter has concluded.

Our sales are dependent upon clients’ initial decisions to replace or substantially modify their existing information systems, and subsequently a decision as to which products and services to purchase. These are major decisions for healthcare providers, and accordingly, the sales cycle for our systems can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty four months from initial contact to contract execution/shipment.

Because a significant percentage of our expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the timing of systems sales, implementations, and installations can cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter. As a result, we believe that interim period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Further, our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future performance for any particular period.

We currently recognize revenue pursuant to Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, as modified by SOP 98-9 and Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 104. SAB 104 summarizes the staff’s views in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements.

There can be no assurance that application and subsequent interpretations of these pronouncements will not further modify our revenue recognition policies, or that such modifications would not have a material adverse effect on theadversely affect our operating results reported in any particular quarter or year.

Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the price of our common stock would likely be materially adversely affected.

The failure of auction rate securities to sell at their reset dates could impact the liquidity of the investment and could negatively impact the carrying value of the investment. The Company’s investments includes auction rate securities. Auction rate securities are securities that are structured with short-term interest rate reset dates of generally less than ninety days but with longer contractual maturities that range, for our holdings, from nine to 28 years. At the end of each reset period, investors can typically sell at auction or continue to hold the securities at par. These securities are subject to fluctuations in interest rate depending on the supply and demand at each auction. Through March 31, 2008, auctions held for the Company’s auction rate securities with a total aggregate value of approximately $23.0 million failed. As of March 31, 2008, the Company was holding a total of approximately $22.6 million, net of unrealized loss, in auction rate securities. While these debt securities are all highly-rated investments, generally with AAA/Aaa ratings, continued failure to sell at their reset dates could impact the liquidity of the investment which in turn could negatively impact the liquidity of the Company. In addition, continued failure to sell at their reset dates could also negatively impact the carrying value of the investment which resulted in temporary impairment losses in the current period and could lead to permanent impairment charges in future periods should a decline in the value of those securities be other than temporary, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Our common stock price has been volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares of our sharescommon stock and the trading volume of our shares have been volatile historically and may continue to be volatile.in litigation against us. Volatility may be caused by a number of factors including but not limited to:

 

 

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results;

 

 

rumors about our performance, software solutions, or merger and acquisition activity;

 

 

changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;

 

 

governmental regulatory action;



 

 

health care reform measures;

 

 

client relationship developments;

 

 

purchases or sales of company stock;

 

 

activities by one or more of our major shareholders concerning our policies and operations;

changes occurring in the markets in general; and

 

 

other factors, many of which are beyond our control.



Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for software, healthcare and high technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of actual operating performance.

Moreover, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

Two of our directors are significant shareholders, which makes it possible for them to have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval and which influence may be alleged to conflict with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders. Two of our directors and principal shareholders beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 38%36% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2006. The Company’s2008. Our Bylaws permit itsour shareholders to cumulate their votes, the effect of which is to provide shareholders with sufficiently large concentrations of Companyour shares the opportunity to assure themselves one or more seats on the Company’sour Board. The amounts required to assure a Board position can vary based upon the number of shares outstanding, the number of shares voting, the number of directors to be elected, the number of “broker non-votes”, and the number of shares held by the shareholder exercising cumulative voting rights. In the event that cumulative voting is invoked, it is likely that the two of our directors holding an aggregate of approximately 38%36% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 20062008 will each have sufficient votes to assure themselves of one or more seats on our Board. With or without cumulative voting, these shareholders will have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of our directors and other corporate actions. In addition, such influence by one or both of these affiliates could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting to purchase us, take us over, and/or reducing the market price offered for our common stock in such an event.

We face risks related to litigation advanced by a director and shareholder of the Company. In October 2005, a lawsuit was filed against us and six of our eight directors (those elected by the shareholders, but not nominated by Mr. Ahmed Hussein) by one of our directors, Mr. Ahmed Hussein. The complaint alleges that in connection with our 2005 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the certified results from the independent inspector of election included certain proxies that should not have been included in the final vote tabulation. The independent inspector of election certified the election of the eight directors presently serving on the Board after hearing Mr. Hussein’s claim concerning this matter. On March 24, 2006 the California Superior Court issued a ruling in favor of the Company, upholding the validity of the previously announced election results and finding that Mr. Hussein was not entitled to equitable relief. Mr. Hussein has filed a notice of appeal with respect to the Court’s decision. As a result of such litigation, the Company’s operating results and share price may be negatively impacted due to the negative publicity, additional expenses incurred, management distraction, and/or other factors. In addition, litigation of this nature may negatively impact our ability to attract and retain qualified board members. It is also possible that Mr. Hussein will launch further proxy contests or legal action in opposition to the Company’s board nominees at one or more future shareholder meetings with potential negative effects similar to those discussed above.

We are dependent onIf our principal products and our new product development.development fail to meet the needs of our clients, we may fail to realize future growth. We currently derive substantially all of our net revenue from sales of our healthcare information systems and related services. We believe that a primary factor in the market acceptance of our systems has been our ability to meet the needs of users of healthcare information systems. Our future financial performance will depend in large part on our ability to continue to meet the increasingly sophisticated needs of our clients through the timely development and successful introduction and implementation of new and enhanced versions of our systems and other complementary products. We have historically expended a significant percentage of our net revenue on product development and believe that significant continuing product development efforts will be required to sustain our growth. Continued investment in our sales staff and our client implementation and support staffs will also be required to support future growth.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our product development efforts, that the market will continue to accept our existing products, or that new products or product enhancements will be developed and implemented in a timely manner, meet the requirements of healthcare providers, or achieve market acceptance. If



new products or product enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. At certain times in the past, we have also experienced delays in purchases of our products by clients anticipating our launch of new products. There can be no assurance that material order deferrals in anticipation of new product introductions from ourselves or other entities will not occur.

If the emerging technologies and platforms of Microsoft and others upon which we build our products do not gain or continue to maintain broad market acceptance, or if we fail to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products and services compatible with such emerging technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.Our software products are built and depend upon several underlying and evolving relational database management system platforms such as those developed by Microsoft. To date, the standards and technologies upon which we have chosen to develop our products have proven to have gained industry acceptance. However, the market for our software products is subject to ongoing rapid technological developments, quickly evolving industry standards and rapid changes in customer requirements, and there may be existing or future technologies and platforms that achieve industry standard status, which are not compatible with our products.

We face the possibility of subscription pricing.pricing, which may force us to adjust our sales, marketing and pricing strategies. We currently derive substantially all of our systems revenue



from traditional software license, maintenanceimplementation and servicetraining fees, as well as the resale of computer hardware. Today, the majority of our customers pay an initial license fee for the use of our products, in addition to a periodic maintenance fee. If the marketplace increasingly demands subscription pricing, we may be forced to adjust our sales, marketing and pricing strategies accordingly, by offering a higher percentage of our products and services through these means. Shifting to a significantly greater degree of subscription pricing could materially adversely impactaffect our financial condition, cash flows and quarterly and annual revenue and results of operations, as our revenue would initially decrease substantially. There can be no assurance that the marketplace will not increasingly embrace subscription pricing.

TheMany of our competitors have greater resources than we do. In order to compete successfully, we must keep pace with our competitors in anticipating and responding to the rapid changes involving the industry in which we operate, is subject to significant technological change.or our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.The software market generally is characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, frequent new product introductions, and evolving industry standards. The introduction of products incorporating new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products obsolete and unmarketable. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing and marketing new products that respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards. New product development depends upon significant research and development expenditures which depend ultimately upon sales growth. Any material shortfall in revenue or research funding could impair our ability to respond to technological advances or opportunities in the marketplace and to remain competitive. If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

In response to increasing market demand, we are currently developing new generations of certain of our software products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these new software products or that these products will operate successfully, or that any such development, even if successful, will be completed concurrently with or prior to introduction of competing products. Any such failure or delay could adversely affect our competitive position or could make our current products obsolete.

We face the possibility of claims based upon our Web site. We could be subject to third party claims based on the nature and content of information supplied on our Web site by us risk and/or third parties, including content providers or users. We could also be subject to liability for content that may be accessible through our Web site or third party Web sites linked from our Web site or through content and information that may be posted by users in chat rooms, bulletin boards or on Web sites created by professionals using our applications. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against these claims could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations.

We face the possibility of claims from activities ofrelated to strategic partners, which could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.. We rely on third parties to provide services that impactaffect our business. For example, we use national clearinghouses in the processing of some insurance claims and we outsource some of our hardware maintenance services and the printing and delivery of patient statements for our customers. These third parties could raise their prices and/or be acquired by competitors of our which could potentially create short and long-term disruptions to our business negatively impacting our revenue, profit and/or stock price. We also have relationships with certain third parties where these third parties serve as sales channels through which we generate a portion of our revenue. Due to these third-party relationships, we could be subject to



claims as a result of the activities, products, or services of these third-party service providers even though we were not directly involved in the circumstances leading to those claims. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, defending and investigating these claims could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

We face the possibility of claims based upon our website, which may cause us expense and management distraction. We could be subject to third party claims based on the nature and content of information supplied on our website by us or third parties, including content providers or users. We could also be subject to liability for content that may be accessible through our website or third party websites linked from our website or through content and information that may be posted by users in chat rooms, bulletin boards or on websites created by professionals using our applications. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against these claims could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations.

We may engage in future acquisitions, which may be expensive and time consuming and from which we may not realize anticipated benefits.We may acquire additional businesses, technologies and products if we determine that these additional businesses, technologies and products are likely to serve our strategic goals. We currently have no commitments or agreements with respect to any acquisitions.On May 20, 2008, we acquired Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI), a full-service healthcare revenue management company servicing healthcare clients. The specific risks we may encounter in these types of transactions include but are not limited to the following:



 

 

potentially dilutive issuances of our securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions;

 

 

use of cash as acquisition currency may adversely impactaffect interest or investment income, thereby potentially negativelyadversely affecting our earnings and /or earnings per share;

 

 

difficulty in effectively integrating any acquired technologies or software products into our current products and technologies;

 

 

difficulty in predicting and responding to issues related to product transition such as development, distribution and customer support;

 

 

the possible adverse impacteffect of such acquisitions on existing relationships with third party partners and suppliers of technologies and services;

 

 

the possibility that staff or customers of the acquired company might not accept new ownership and may transition to different technologies or attempt to renegotiate contract terms or relationships, including maintenance or support agreements;

 

 

the possibility that the due diligence process in any such acquisition may not completely identify material issues associated with product quality, product architecture, product development, intellectual property issues, key personnel issues or legal and financial contingencies, including any deficiencies in internal controls and procedures and the costs associated with remedying such deficiencies;

 

 

difficulty in integrating acquired operations due to geographical distance, and language and cultural differences; and

 

 

the possibility that acquired assets become impaired, requiring the Companyus to take a charge to earnings which could be significant.

A failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or technology for any of these reasons could have a materialan adverse effect on the Company’sour results of operations.

We face the risks and uncertainties that are associated with litigation against us.us, which may adversely impact our marketing, distract management and have a negative impact upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.We face the risks associated with litigation concerning the operation of our business. The uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved litigation may have an adverse impacteffect on our business. In particular, such litigation could impair our relationships with existing customers and our ability to obtain new customers. Defending such litigation may result in a diversion of management’s time and attention away from business operations, which could have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Such litigation may also have the effect of discouraging potential acquirers from bidding for us or reducing the consideration such acquirers would otherwise be willing to pay in connection with an acquisition.

There can be no assurance that such litigation will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates.

We rely heavily onBecause we believe that proprietary rights are material to our proprietary technology.success, misappropriation of these rights could adversely affect our financial condition. We are heavily dependent on the maintenance and protection of our intellectual property and we rely largely on license agreements, confidentiality procedures, and employee nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. Our software is not patented and existing copyright laws offer only limited practical protection.



There can be no assurance that the legal protections and precautions we take will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or that competitors will not independently develop technologies equivalent or superior to ours. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States and are often not enforced as vigorously as those in the United States.

We do not believe that our operations or products infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. However, there can be no assurance that others will not assert infringement or trade secret claims against us with respect to our current or future products or that any such assertion will not require us to enter into a license agreement or royalty arrangement or other financial arrangement with the party asserting the claim. Responding to and defending any such claims may distract the attention of Companyour management and have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, claims may be brought against third parties from which we purchase software, and such claims could adversely affect our ability to access third party software for our systems.



If we are deemed to infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties,we could incur unanticipated expense and be prevented from providing ourproducts and services. We are and may continue to be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and our applications’ functionality is viewed as similar or overlapping with competitive products. We do not believe that we have infringed or are infringing on any proprietary rights of third parties. However, claims are occasionally asserted against us, and we cannot assure you that infringement claims will not be asserted against us in the future. Also, we cannot assure you that any such claims will be unsuccessful. We could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claims – even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matters. Furthermore, a party making a claim against us could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide products or services. In addition, we cannot assure you that licenses for any intellectual property of third parties that might be required for our products or services will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We are dependent on our license rights and other services from third parties, which may cause us to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments.. We depend upon licenses for some of the technology used in our products as well as other services from third-party vendors. Most of these licensesarrangements can be continued/renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated if we breach the termsfor any number of the license and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time.reasons. We may not be able to continue using the technologyproducts or services made available to us under these licensesarrangements on commercially reasonable terms or at all. As a result, we may have to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments or services provided until we can obtain equivalent technology.technology or services. Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive. Our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technologybusiness elements covered by these licensesarrangements and use the technologythese elements to compete directly with us. In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue support of the licensedproviding their technology or services in the future or are unsuccessful in their continued research and development efforts, we may not be able to modify or adapt our own products.

We face the possibility of damages resulting from internal and external security breaches, and virusesviruses.. In the course of our business operations, we compile and transmit confidential information, including patient health information, in our processing centers and other facilities. A breach of security in any of these facilities could damage our reputation and result in damages being assessed against us. In addition, the other systems with which we may interface, such as the Internet and related systems may be vulnerable to security breaches, viruses, programming errors, or similar disruptive problems. The effect of these security breaches and related issues could disrupt our ability to perform certain key business functions and could potentially reduce demand for our services. Accordingly, we have expended significant resources toward establishing and enhancing the security of our related infrastructures, although no assurance can be given that they will be entirely free from potential breach. Maintaining and enhancing our infrastructure security may require us to expend significant capital in the future.

The success of our strategy to offer our EDI services and Internet solutions depends on the confidence of our customers in our ability to securely transmit confidential information. Our EDI services and Internet solutions rely on encryption, authentication and other security technology licensed from third parties to achieve secure transmission of confidential information. We may not be able to stop unauthorized attempts to gain access to or disrupt the transmission of communications by our customers. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate confidential user information or interrupt our, or our customers’ operations. In addition, our EDI and Internet solutions may be vulnerable to viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions.

Any failure to provide secure infrastructure and/or electronic communication services could result in a lack of trust by our customers causing them to seek out other vendors, and/or, damage our reputation in the market making it difficult to obtain new customers.

We are subject to the development and maintenance of the Internet infrastructure, which is not within our control, and which may diminish Internet usage and availability as well as access to our website.. We deliver Internet-based services and, accordingly, we are dependent on the maintenance of the Internet by third parties. The Internet infrastructure may be unable to support the demands placed on it and our performance may decrease if the Internet continues to experience it’s historic trend of expanding usage. As a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure, the Internet has experienced a variety of performance problems which may continue into the foreseeable future. Such Internet related problems may diminish Internet usage and availability of the Internet to us for transmittal of our Internet-based services. In addition, difficulties, outages, and delays by Internet



service providers, online service providers and



other web sitewebsite operators may obstruct or diminish access to our Web sitewebsite by our customers resulting in a loss of potential or existing users of our services.

Our failure to manage growth could harm us.our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have in the past experienced periods of growth which have placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our non-cash resources. We also anticipate expanding our overall software development, marketing, sales, client management and training capacity. In the event we are unable to identify, hire, train and retain qualified individuals in such capacities within a reasonable timeframe, such failure could have a materialan adverse effect on us. In addition, our ability to manage future increases, if any, in the scope of our operations or personnel will depend on significant expansion of our research and development, marketing and sales, management, and administrative and financial capabilities. The failure of our management to effectively manage expansion in our business could have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are dependent upon our key personnel. If such personnel were to leave unexpectedly, we may not be able to execute our business plan. Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued service of our key technical and senior management personnel, many of whom have been with us for a significant period of time. These personnel have acquired specialized knowledge and skills with respect to our business. We maintain key man life insurance on only one of our employees. Because we have a relatively small number of employees when compared to other leading companies in our industry, our dependence on maintaining our relationships with key employees is particularly significant. We are also dependent on our ability to attract high quality personnel, particularly in the areas of sales and applications development.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by a high level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting of skilled personnel. There can be no assurance that our current employees will continue to work for us. Loss of services of key employees could have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to grant additional equity incentives to key employees and provide other forms of incentive compensation to attract and retain such key personnel. Failure to provide such types of incentive compensation could jeopardize our recruitment and retention capabilities.

Our products may be subject to product liability legal claims.claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Certain of our products provide applications that relate to patient clinical information. Any failure by our products to provide accurate and timely information could result in claims against us. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our delivery of health information directly, including through licensed practitioners, or delivery of information by a third party site that a consumer accesses through our Web sites, exposes us to assertions of malpractice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful delivery/handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information. We maintain insurance to protect against claims associated with the use of our products as well as liability limitation language in our end-user license agreements, but there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage or contractual language would adequately cover any claim asserted against us. A successful claim brought against us in excess of or outside of our insurance coverage could have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our expenditure of funds for litigation and management time and resources.

Certain healthcare professionals who use our Internet-based products will directly enter health information about their patients including information that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may store on our computer systems. Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, the common law, and contractual obligations, govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including:

 

 

state and federal privacy and confidentiality laws;

 

 

our contracts with customers and partners;

 

 

state laws regulating healthcare professionals;

 

 

Medicaid laws;

 

 

the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and related rules proposed by the Health Care Financing Administration; and

 

 

Health Care Financing Administration standards for Internet transmission of health data.



The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 establishes elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for the use and protection of Protected Health Information. Any failure by us or by our personnel or partners to comply with applicable requirements may result in a material liability to us.



Although we have systems and policies in place for safeguarding Protected Health Information from unauthorized disclosure, these systems and policies may not preclude claims against us for alleged violations of applicable requirements. Also, third party sites and/or links that consumers may access through our web sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard this information, or may circumvent systems and policies we have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in current laws may necessitate costly adaptations to our policies, procedures, or systems.

There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, that such claims will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. Such product liability claims could have a material adverseadversely affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to the effect of payor and provider conduct which we cannot control and accordingly, there is no assurance that revenues for our services will continue at historic levels.. We offer certain electronic claims submission products and services as part of our product line. While we have implemented certain product features designed to maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims submissions, these features may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to payors. Should inaccurate claims data be submitted to payors, we may be subject to liability claims.

Electronic data transmission services are offered by certain payors to healthcare providers that establish a direct link between the provider and payor. This process reduces revenue to third party EDI service providers such as us. Accordingly,As a result of this, or other market factors, we are unable to insureensure that we will continue to generate revenue at or in excess of prior levels for such services.

A significant increase in the utilization of direct links between healthcare providers and payerspayors could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our transaction volume and financial results. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain our exitingexisting links to payors or develop new connections on terms that are economically satisfactory to us, if at all.

There is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry in which we operate, and we are subject to the possibility of changing government regulation.regulation, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facilities. During the past several years, the healthcare industry has been subject to an increase in governmental regulation of, among other things, reimbursement rates and certain capital expenditures.

In the past, various legislators have announced that they intend to examine proposals to reform certain aspects of the U.S. healthcare system including proposals which may change governmental involvement in healthcare and reimbursement rates, and otherwise alter the operating environment for us and our clients. Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals, by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our systems and related services. Cost-containment measures instituted by healthcare providers as a result of regulatory reform or otherwise could result in a reduction in the allocation of capital funds. Such a reduction could have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand, changes in the regulatory environment have increased and may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organizations for cost-effective data management and thereby enhance the overall market for healthcare management information systems. We cannot predict what impact,effect, if any, such proposals or healthcare reforms might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The HIPAA regulations, as adopted by the Department of Health and Human Services, established, among other things:

a national standard for electronic transactions and code sets to be used in those transactions involving certain common health care transactions;

privacy regulations to protect the privacy of plan participants and patients’ medical records; and

security regulations designed to establish security controls and measures to protect the privacy and confidentiality of personal identifiable health information when it is electronically stored, maintained or transmitted (even if only internally transmitted within a medical practice).



As theseexisting regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the impacteffect at this time. We have taken steps to modify our products, services and internal practices as necessary to facilitate our and our client’s compliance with the final regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s attention and divert other Companycompany resources, and any noncompliance by us could result in civil and criminal penalties.

In addition, developmentdevelopments of relatedadditional federal and state regulations and policies regarding the confidentiality of health information or other matters may or may not supercede HIPAA and have the potential to positively or negatively affect our business.



In addition, our software may potentially be subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as a medical device. Such regulation could require the registration of the applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware products, application of detailed record-keeping and manufacturing standards, and FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement could create delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supplemental filings or object to certain of these applications, the result of which could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to false or fraudulent Claim Laws. There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Any failure of our revenue cycle management services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability, including but not limited to criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for Our services and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other e-commerceresources to address the failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that Our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, could require us to change or terminate some portions of Our business, could require us to refund portions of our services fees, could cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing business with government payers and could have an adverse effect on our business.

In most cases where we are permitted to do so, HSI calculates charges for our services based on a percentage of the collections that our clients receive as a result of our services. To the extent that violations or liability for violations of these laws and regulations require intent, it may be alleged that this percentage calculation provides the Company or it’s employees with incentive to commit or overlook fraud or abuse in connection with submission and payment of reimbursement claims. The U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services has stated that it is concerned that percentage-based billing services may encourage billing companies to commit or to overlook fraudulent or abusive practices.

A portion of our business involves billing of Medicare claims on behalf of its clients. In an effort to combat fraudulent Medicare claims, the federal government offers rewards for reporting of Medicare fraud which could encourage others to subject us to a charge of fraudulent claims, including charges that are ultimately proven to be without merit.

If our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and regulations, we may have difficulty selling our products.. We may be subject to additional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection with offering services and products via the Internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal and state legislators are proposing laws and regulations that apply to Internet commerce and communications. Areas being affected by these regulations include user privacy, pricing, content, taxation, copyright protection, distribution, and quality of products and services. To the extent that our products and services are subject to these laws and regulations, the sale of our products and services could be harmed.



We are subject to changes in and interpretations of financial accounting matters that govern the measurement of our performance, one or more of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of operations.. Based on our reading and interpretations of relevant guidance, principles or concepts issued by, among other authorities, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, Management believes our current sales and licensing contract terms and business arrangements have been properly reported. However, there continue to be issued interpretations and guidance for applying the relevant standards to a wide range of sales and licensing contract terms and business arrangements that are prevalent in the software industry. Future interpretations or changes by the regulators of existing accounting standards or changes in our business practices could result in future changes in our revenue recognition and/or other accounting policies and practices that could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of operations.

Our per share price may be adversely effected ifIf material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified by ourselves or our independent auditors, our per share price may be adversely affected.. Any material weaknesses identified in our internal controls as part of the ongoing evaluation being undertaken by us and our independent public accountants pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have an adverse effect on the price at which our stock trades.

No evaluation process can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will detect and correct all failures within the Companyour company to disclose material information otherwise required to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be limited by simple errors or faulty judgments. In addition, if we continue to expand, through either organic growth or through acquisitions (or both), the challenges involved in implementing appropriate controls will increase and may require that we evolve some or all of our internal control processes.

It is also possible that the overall scope of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may be revised in the future, thereby causing our auditors and ourselves to review, revise or reevaluate our internal control processes which may result in the expenditure of additional human and financial resources.

Our earnings will be affected beginning fiscal year 2007 when we begin recognizing employee stock option expense, pursuant to recently issued accounting standards. Stock options have from time to time been an important component of the compensation packages for many of our mid- and senior-level employees. We currently do not deduct the expense of employee stock option grants from our income. However, beginning with the quarter



ending June 30, 2006 and beyond, we will begin recognizing employee stock option expense for remaining unvested stock options and any future stock option grants, resulting in additional pre-tax compensation expense. Option expensing will have a negative impact upon our earnings per share and may have a negative impact on the price of our stock.

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely impactaffect our revenue and profitability.The last several years have been periodically marked by concerns including but not limited to inflation, decreased consumer confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and terrorist and military activities. These conditions can make it extremely difficult for our customers, our vendors and ourselves to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they could cause constrained spending on our products and services, and/or delay and lengthen sales cycles.

Our future policy concerning the payment of dividendsstock splits is uncertain. While we paid special cash dividends in March 2005 and 2006, we have not historically paid dividends, cash or otherwise, and there can be no assurance that we will pay another dividend in the future. Unfulfilled expectations to the contrary could have a material negative impact upon the price of our stock.

Our future policy concerning stock splits is uncertain. While we effected a 2:1 split of our stock in March 2005 and a second 2:1 stock split in March 2006, there can be no assurance that another stock split will occur in the future. Unfulfilled expectations to the contrary could adversely affect the price of our stock.

Our future policy concerning the payment of dividends is uncertain, which could adversely affect the price of our stock. We have announced our intention to pay a material negative impact uponquarterly dividend commencing with the conclusion of our first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and pursuant to this policy the Board has declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, each quarter thereafter. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and when declared by the Board pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July. There can be no guarantees that we will have the financial wherewithal to fund this dividend in perpetuity or to pay it at historic rates. Further, the Board may decide not to pay the dividend at some future time for financial or non-financial reasons. Unfulfilled expectations regarding future dividends could adversely affect the price of our stock.

 

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

 

None.

None.

 

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Our principal administrative, accounting and QSI Division operations are located in Irvine, California, under a lease that commenced in May 2005, and expiresexpired in May 2008. We leaseleased approximately 12,000 square feet of space at this location. In October 2007, we executed a



lease for approximately 24,000 square feet where our principal administrative, accounting and QSI Division operations will reside after May 2008. This lease expires in May 2013.

In September 2005, we executed a lease for approximately 3,300 square feet of space in a building adjacent to our corporate office in Irvine to house additional corporate staff and NextGen training operations. This lease originally expires in January 2011. 2011, however, this lease will terminate early in December 2008 and the NextGen training center along with the additional corporate staff will move to the new corporate headquarters described above.

We lease approximately 69,00078,000 square feet of space for the principal office of our NextGen Division in Horsham, Pennsylvania. This lease expires in JulyMarch 2011. In September 2005,January 2007, we executed a new lease for approximately 24,00035,000 square feet of space for the NextGen Division in Atlanta, Georgia. This lease expires in October 2011. In May 2006, we executed a lease for approximately 3,000 square feet of space in Dallas, Texas for NextGen staff and a new NextGen training facility. In addition, we lease approximately 6,000 square feet of space in Santa Ana, California, to house our assembly and warehouse operations of the QSI Division. We also have an aggregate of approximately 3,000 square feet of space in Massachusetts, Minnesota, Utah, Wisconsin, and Washington to house additional sales, training, development and service operations. These leases, excluding options, have expiration dates ranging from month-to-month to October 2011. Should we continue to grow, we willmay be required to lease additional space. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space is available, if needed, at commercially reasonablemarket rates.

As a result of our acquisition of HSI on May 20, 2008, we lease approximately 46,400 square feet for our HSI operations in St. Louis, Missouri under leases that expire in November 2010.

 

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, we are involved in various claims and legal proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of these currently pending matters has yet to be determined, we do not presently believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

 

 

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006.2008.

Executive Officers of the Company

Our executive officers as of June 1, 2006 were as follows:



Name

Age

Position




Louis E. Silverman

47

President, Chief Executive Officer

Patrick B. Cline

45

President, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems Division

Greg Flynn

48

Executive Vice President and General Manger of QSI Division

Paul A. Holt

40

Secretary, Chief Financial Officer

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors. Additional information regarding our executive officers is set forth below.

Louis E. Silverman was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of the company on July 31, 2000. Mr. Silverman was previously Chief Operations Officer of CorVel Corp., a publicly traded national managed care services and technology firm with headquarters in Irvine, California. Mr. Silverman holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Amherst College.

Patrick B. Cline currently serves as President of our NextGen Healthcare Information Systems Division. He served as our interim Chief Executive Officer for the April - July 2000 period. Mr. Cline was a co-founder of Clinitec and has served as its President since its inception in January 1994 and throughout its transition to NextGen Healthcare Information Systems. Prior to co-founding Clinitec, Mr. Cline served, from July 1987 to January 1994, as Vice President of Sales and Marketing with Script Systems, a subsidiary of InfoMed, a healthcare information systems company. From January 1994 to May 1994, after the founding of Clinitec, Mr. Cline continued to serve, on a part time basis, as Script Systems’ Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Mr. Cline has held senior positions in the healthcare information systems industry since 1981.

Greg Flynn has served as the QSI Division’s General Manager since April 2000 and as Executive Vice President since August 1998 after serving as Vice President of Sales and Marketing from January 1996 to August 1998. Between June 1992 and January 1996, Mr. Flynn served as Vice President Administration. In these capacities, Mr. Flynn has been responsible for numerous functions related to our ongoing management and sales. Previously, Mr. Flynn served as our Vice President, Corporate Communications. Mr. Flynn joined us in January 1982. He holds a B.A. degree in English from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Paul A. Holt was appointed Chief Financial Officer in November 2000. Mr. Holt has served as our Controller from January 2000 to May 2000 and was appointed interim Chief Financial Officer in May 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Holt was the Controller of Sierra Alloys Co., Inc., a titanium metal manufacturing company from August 1999 to December 1999. From May 1997 to July 1999, he was Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor, a wholesale distributor and manufacturer of refrigeration supplies and heating controls. From March 1995 to April 1997 he was Assistant Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor. Mr. Holt is a Certified Public Accountant and holds an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California and a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Irvine.

PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price and Holders

Our Common Stockcommon stock is traded on the NASDAQ NationalNasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “QSII”.“QSII.” The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated the high and low sales prices for each period indicated as reported by NASDAQ. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown, or commissions,on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.reflects all stock splits effected.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

High

 

Low

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2004

 

$

12.875

 

$

9.875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2004

 

 

13.875

 

 

10.385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

16.245

 

 

12.025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2005

 

 

24.450

 

 

13.950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

30.750

 

 

20.420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2005

 

 

35.850

 

 

23.305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

44.615

 

 

31.045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2006

 

$

45.970

 

$

31.810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

High

 

Low

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2006

 

$

38.27

 

$

28.30

 

September 30, 2006

 

$

42.00

 

$

30.43

 

December 31, 2006

 

$

43.68

 

$

34.75

 

March 31, 2007

 

$

45.44

 

$

36.85

 

June 30, 2007

 

$

42.44

 

$

36.96

 

September 30, 2007

 

$

45.35

 

$

32.37

 

December 31, 2007

 

$

38.99

 

$

26.08

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

36.30

 

$

26.90

 

At June 1, 2006,2008, there were approximately 10290 holders of record of our Common Stock. We estimatecommon stock.



Dividends and Splits

On January 30, 2008, the numberBoard approved a quarterly cash dividend of beneficial holders$0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of March 14, 2008 and was distributed to shareholders on or about April 7, 2008.

On October 25, 2007, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of December 14, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on or about January 7, 2008.

On July 31, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a regular quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share payable on its outstanding shares of common stock. The cash dividend record date was September 14, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on or about October 5, 2007.

On May 31, 2007, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 15, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on July 5, 2007.

In February 2007, we paid a $1.00 per share dividend on shares of our Common Stockcommon stock. The record date for the dividend was February 13, 2007.

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a policy whereby we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock commencing with conclusion of our first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and continuing each fiscal quarter thereafter, subject to further Board review and approval and establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior to the declaration of each such quarterly dividend. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and when declared by the Board pursuant to this policy, would likely be in excessdistributable on or about the fifth day of 11,000.each of the months of October, January, April and July.

In March 2006, we paid a $0.875 per share dividend on shares of our common stock. The record date for the dividend was February 24, 2006. The dividend per share amount has been adjusted to reflect the stock split noted above.

In January 2006, the Companywe announced that itsour Board of Directors had declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to our outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record on March 3, 2006. The stock began trading post split on March 27, 2006.

In JanuaryMarch 2005, we paid a one-time dividend on shares of our common stock equal to $0.75 per share. The record date for the dividend was February 24, 2005. The dividend per share amount has been adjusted to reflect the stock split noted above.

In February 2005, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to our outstanding shares of common stock. The stock for shareholders ofsplit record ondate was March 4, 2005. The2005 and the stock began trading post split on March 28, 2005. The dividend per share amount has been adjusted to reflect the stock splits. All share prices in the above table have been retroactively adjusted to reflect such stock split.

In March 2006, we paid a dividend on shares of our Common Stock equal to $0.875 per share. The record date for the dividend was February 24, 2006. In March 2005, we paid a dividend on shares of our Common Stock equal to $0.75 per share. The record date for the dividend was February 24, 2005. These dividend per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the stock splits noted above. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including without limitation, our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total returns of our common stock, the Total Return Index for The Nasdaq Stock Market, and the Nasdaq Computer & Data Processing Services Stock Index over the five-year period ended March 31, 2008 assuming $100 was invested on March 31, 2003 with all dividends, if any, reinvested. This performance graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.



COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Quality Systems, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

* $100 invested on 3/31/03 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ending March 31.

The last trade price of our common stock on each of March 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was published by Nasdaq and, accordingly for the periods ended March 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 the reported last trade price was utilized to compute the total cumulative return for our common stock for the respective periods then ended. Shareholder returns over the indicated periods should not be considered indicative of future stock prices or shareholder returns.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not make any unregistered sales of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2006.2008.

 

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data with respect to our Consolidated Statements of Income data for each of the five years in the period ended March 31, 2008 and the Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of the end of each such fiscal year are derived from our audited financial statements. The following information should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere herein. All share prices in the table below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the fiscal year 2006 and 2005 stock splits.



Consolidated Financial Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Year ended March 31,

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Statements of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

119,287

 

$

88,961

 

$

70,934

 

$

54,769

 

$

44,422

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

39,828

 

 

32,669

 

 

28,673

 

 

23,755

 

 

19,253

 

 

 
















Gross profit

 

 

79,459

 

 

56,292

 

 

42,261

 

 

31,014

 

 

25,169

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

35,554

 

 

24,776

 

 

19,482

 

 

15,293

 

 

13,068

 

Research and development costs

 

 

8,087

 

 

6,903

 

 

6,139

 

 

5,062

 

 

4,243

 

 

 
















Income from operations

 

 

35,818

 

 

24,613

 

 

16,640

 

 

10,659

 

 

7,858

 

Interest income

 

 

2,108

 

 

876

 

 

386

 

 

434

 

 

643

 

 

 
















Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

37,926

 

 

25,489

 

 

17,026

 

 

11,093

 

 

8,501

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

14,604

 

 

9,380

 

 

6,626

 

 

4,058

 

 

3,233

 

 

 
















Net income

 

$

23,322

 

$

16,109

 

$

10,400

 

$

7,035

 

$

5,268

 

 

 
















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.22

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.21

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

26,413

 

 

25,744

 

 

24,872

 

 

24,508

 

 

24,100

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

27,356

 

 

26,406

 

 

25,932

 

 

25,556

 

 

24,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

57,255

 

$

51,157

 

$

51,395

 

$

36,443

 

$

25,698

 

Working capital

 

 

61,724

 

 

55,111

 

 

53,415

 

 

38,717

 

 

30,799

 

Total assets

 

 

122,247

 

 

99,442

 

 

86,678

 

 

67,602

 

 

52,143

 

Total liabilities

 

 

49,838

 

 

36,711

 

 

25,673

 

 

20,069

 

 

12,093

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

72,409

 

$

62,731

 

$

61,005

 

$

47,533

 

$

40,050

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 




 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 










 

 

Statements of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

186,500

 

$

157,165

 

$

119,287

 

$

88,961

 

$

70,934

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

62,501

 

 

50,784

 

 

39,828

 

 

32,669

 

 

28,673

 

 

 















 

Gross profit

 

 

123,999

 

 

106,381

 

 

79,459

 

 

56,292

 

 

42,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

53,260

 

 

45,337

 

 

35,554

 

 

24,776

 

 

19,482

 

Research and development costs

 

 

11,350

 

 

10,166

 

 

8,087

 

 

6,903

 

 

6,139

 

 

 















 

Income from operations

 

 

59,389

 

 

50,878

 

 

35,818

 

 

24,613

 

 

16,640

 

Interest income

 

 

2,661

 

 

3,306

 

 

2,108

 

 

876

 

 

386

 

Other income

 

 

953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 















 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

63,003

 

 

54,184

 

 

37,926

 

 

25,489

 

 

17,026

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

22,925

 

 

20,952

 

 

14,604

 

 

9,380

 

 

6,626

 

 

 















 

Net income

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

$

16,109

 

$

10,400

 

 

 















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.24

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.42

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.21

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.40

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

27,298

 

 

26,882

 

 

26,413

 

 

25,744

 

 

24,872

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

27,770

 

 

27,550

 

 

27,356

 

 

26,406

 

 

25,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

59,046

 

$

60,028

 

$

57,255

 

$

51,157

 

$

51,395

 

Working capital

 

$

79,932

 

$

76,616

 

$

61,724

 

$

55,111

 

$

53,415

 

Total assets

 

$

187,908

 

$

150,681

 

$

122,247

 

$

99,442

 

$

86,678

 

Total liabilities

 

$

74,203

 

$

59,435

 

$

49,838

 

$

36,711

 

$

25,673

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

113,705

 

$

91,246

 

$

72,409

 

$

62,731

 

$

61,005

 



 

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONOPERATIONS

Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including discussions of our product development plans, business strategies and market factors influencing our results, may include forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those anticipated by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unforeseen, including, but not limited to, our ability to continue to develop new products and increase systems sales in markets characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation, and competition from larger, better capitalized competitors. Many other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could impactaffect our ability to achieve our goals, and interested persons are urged to review the risks described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” as set forth above, as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in ourits entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report. Historical results of operations, percentage margin fluctuations and any trends that may be inferred from the discussion below are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial conditionstatements and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate estimates, including but not limited to those related to revenue recognition, uncollectible accounts receivable, and intangible assets,income taxes for reasonableness. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that may not be readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.



We believe revenue recognition, valuation of marketable securities, the allowance for doubtful accounts, capitalized software costs, share-based compensation and tax creditsincome taxes are among the most critical accounting policies that impactaffect our consolidated financial statements. We believe that significant accounting policies, as described in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Revenue RecognitionRecognition.. We currently recognize revenue pursuant to SOP 97-2, as amended by SOP 98-9. We generate revenue from the sale of licensing rights to use our software products sold directly to end-users and value-added resellers (VARs). We also generate revenue from sales of hardware and third party software, and implementation, training, software customization, EDI, post-contract support (“maintenance”) and other services performed for customers who license our products.

A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. SOP 97-2, as amended, requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). We limit our assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the same element is sold separately (using a rolling average of stand alone transactions) or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed at the end of each quarter.quarter or annually depending on the nature of the product or service.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a transaction, then discounts for individual elements are aggregated and the total discount is allocated to the individual elements in proportion to the elements’ fair value relative to the total contract fair value.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for under SOP 98-9, is used. Under the residual method, the Company deferswe defer revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered elements, and allocatesallocate the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue



recognized from the delivered elements. Undelivered elements of a system sale may include implementation and training services, hardware and third party software, maintenance, future purchase discounts, or other services. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

We bill for the entire contract amount upon contract execution.execution except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are performed or in accordance with contractually specified payment dates.

Provided the fees are fixed and determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party software is generally recognized upon shipment and transfer of title. In certain transactions whose collections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of our arrangements must include the following characteristics:

§

The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, and generally be based on the specific volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users.

§

Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed and determinable.

Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period.

Contract accounting is applied where services include significant software modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1 “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” (SOP 81-1).

Pursuant to SOP 81-1, the Company useswe use the percentage of completion method provided all of the following conditions exist:

 

 

theThe contract includes provisions that clearly specify the enforceable rights regarding goods or services to be provided and received by the parties, the consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement;

 

 

theThe customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract;

 

 

the CompanyWe can be expected to perform itsour contractual obligations; and

 

 

reliableReliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made.



We measure completion using labor input hours. Costs of providing services, including services accounted for in accordance with SOP 81-1, are expensed as incurred.

If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that the consolidated financial statements would not vary materially from using the percentage-of-completion method or in which we are unable to make reliable estimates of progress of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.

Product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists” (SFAS 48). The Company also ensures that the other criteria in SFAS 48 have been met prior to recognition of revenue:

§

The price is fixed or determinable;

§

The customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the obligation or the payment;

§

The customer’s obligation would not change in the event of theft or damage to the product;

§

The customer has economic substance;

§

The amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and

§

We do not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring about resale of the product by the customer.



We have historically offered short-term rights of return of less than 30 days in certain sales arrangements. If we are able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If we are unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in our consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire.

Revenue related to sales arrangements which include the right to use software stored on the Company’s hardware are accounted for under the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-3 “Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to arrangements that include the right to use software stored on another entity’s hardware”. EITF No. 00-3 requires that for software licenses and related implementation services to continue to fall under SOP No. 97-2, the customer must have the contractual right to take possession of the software without incurring a significant penalty and it must be feasible for the customer to either host the software themselves or through another third party. If an arrangement is not deemed to be accounted for under SOP 97-2, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21 “Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables”. In that instance, the entire arrangement would be recognized as the hosting services are being performed.

From time to time, we offer future purchase discounts on our products and services as part of our sales arrangements. Pursuant to AICPA TPA 5100.51, discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, which are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated as an additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

Revenue is divided into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, follow on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees and other revenue.

Valuation of marketable securities. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and accordingly are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or on valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity titled accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. Factors considered in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration of the impairment; and whether the Company has the ability to hold the investment to maturity. When it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. The cost of marketable securities sold is based upon the specific identification method. In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business. Realized gains or losses and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of marketable securities are determined on a specific identification basis and reported in interest and other income, net, as incurred.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We perform credit evaluations of our customers and maintain reserves for estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on our historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of our accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenue and specifically reserved accounts. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.

Software Development Costs.Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established with the completion of a working model of the enhancement or product, any additional development



costs are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed” (SFAS 86). Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is generally three years. We perform an annual review of the recoverability of such capitalized software costs. At the time a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.

Share-Based Compensation. On April 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123R supersedes our previous accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25). SFAS 123R requires us to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. During fiscal year 2007 and 2008, we used the simplified method for estimating expected term equal to the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual term. Prior to using the simplified method, we estimated the expected term of an option. We estimate volatility by using the weighted average historical volatility of our common stock, which we believe approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of the option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in our consolidated statement of income.

Research and Development Tax Credits.CreditsDuring the year ended March 31, 2005, the state of California completed an audit of the Company’s tax returns and did not materially change credits related to research and development. Based on the results of that audit as well the expiration of the statute of limitations on certain amended returns, the provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 2005 was reduced by the $0.5 million in tax credits which had not been recognized as of March 31 2004.

During the year ended March 31, 2006, the Company recognized approximately $0.8 million in credits related to research and development.

. Management’s treatment of research and development tax credits represented a significant estimate which affected the effective income tax rate for the Company infor the years endingyear ended March 31, 20062008 and 2005.2007. Research and development credits taken by the Company involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification ofqualified expenses under Internal Revenue Code Section 41. These credits are subject to examination by the relevant tax codes. While the Company has received all of federal refunds claimed, noneand state taxing authorities.

During each of the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, we recognized approximately $0.8 million in credits have been audited by the Internal Revenue Service.related to research and development. The Company expects to capture this benefit on its tax returns.

Qualified Production Activities Deduction. Management’s treatment of this deduction represented an estimate that affected the effective income tax rate for the Company for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007. The deduction taken by the Company involved certain assumptions and judgments regarding the allocation of indirect expenses as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 199.

During the yearyears ended March 31, 2006, the Company2008 and 2007, we recognized approximately $0.8$3.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, in deductions related to the qualified production activities deduction (QPAD) under Internal Revenue Code (IRS). The QPAD calculation was determined using interim guidance provided by proposed IRS Regulations and Notices.

Management’s treatment of The Company expects to capture this deduction represented an estimate that affected the effective incomebenefit on its tax rate for the Company in the current year. The deduction taken by the Company involved certain assumptions and judgments regarding the allocation of indirect expenses as prescribed under the Code and Regulations.returns.



Overview of Company resultsOur Results

 

We have experienced significant growth in our totalTotal Company revenue asincreased 18.7% and income from operations grew 16.7% on a result of revenueconsolidated basis for the year ended March 31, 2008. This performance was driven by growth in our NextGen Division. Our total CompanyDivision, offset by decreases in revenue grew 34.1% on a consolidated basis during the twelve months ended March 31, 2006 versus 2005 and 25.4%operating income in the twelve months ended March 31, 2005 versus 2004.our QSI Division and higher corporate expenses.

 

 

ConsolidatedThe year over year growth in revenue and operating income from operations grew 45.5% infor the twelve monthscompany during the year ended March 31, 2006 versus 2005 and 47.9% in2008 trailed the twelve monthsgrowth rates achieved during the year ended March 31, 2005 versus 2004. This performance was driven by2007 due in part to a shift in revenue mix for the results in our NextGen Division.year, with hardware and EDI revenue accounting for a comparatively higher percentage of revenue and system sales accounting for a comparatively lower percentage of revenue than the year prior.

 

 

We do not believe the mix changes represent a change in the overall purchasing environment. We have benefited and hope to continue to benefit from the increased demands on healthcare providers for greater efficiency and lower costs, as well as increased adoption rates of technology in the healthcare arena.


NextGen Division

 

 

Our NextGen Division has experienced significant growth in revenue and operating income. Divisional revenue grew 41.0% in21.3% and income from operations increased 18.2% for the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2006 versus 2005 and 35.2% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2005 versus 2004 while divisional operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) grew 55.4% in the twelve months end March 31, 2006 and 64.1% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2005.2008.

 

 

DuringThe Divisions’ year over year growth in revenue and operating income for the twelve monthsCompany during the year ended March 31, 2006, we added staffing resources2008 trailed the growth rates achieved during the year ended March 31, 2007 due in part to departments includinga shift in the revenue mix for the year, with hardware and EDI revenue accounting for a comparatively higher percentage of revenue and new systems sales marketing, support, implementation, software development, and administration and intend to continue to do so, as business conditions andaccounting for a comparatively lower percentage of revenue than in the hiring environment allows, in fiscal year 2007.prior.

 

 

DuringDivisional headcount additions drove selling, general and administrative expenses to increase at a slightly faster pace than revenue as we added staffing resources to departments including sales, marketing, support, software development, and administration and intend to do so in fiscal year 2009, as business conditions and the twelve months ended March 31, 2006, we executed our first significant sale to Siemens Medical Solutions totaling $4.0 million. We recognized $2.5 million related to this sale during the quarter ended March 31, 2006. The remaining balance will be recognized in future periods.hiring environment allow.

 

 

Our goals include continuing to further enhance our existing products, developing new products for targeted markets, continuing to add new customers, selling additional software and services to existing customers and expanding penetration of connectivity services to new and existing customers.

QSI Division

 

Our QSI Division experienced a revenue increase of 1.2%decreased 3.3% in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2006 versus 20052008 and a decline of 6.8% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2005 versus 2004. The Division experienced a 13.3% decrease inDivisional operating income decreased 16.6% (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) infrom the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20062007. Divisional revenue and 14.7% decreaseoperating income performance for the Division, while below fiscal year 2007 levels, were within the Division’s historical performance range.

A drop in annual revenue, slight changes in the twelve months ended March 31, 2005.Division’s sales mix in favor of lower margin hardware and EDI products, and additional compensation expenses related to the passing of the Division’s lead executive were the chief contributors to the operating income decline.

 

 

Our goals for the QSI Division include maximizing revenue and profit performance given the constraints present in thisthe QSI Division’s target market.



The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of net revenue represented by each item in our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Operations.income.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 


 


 


 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

40.9

%

43.8

%

46.0

%

Implementation and training services

 

7.2

 

7.8

 

9.5

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System sales

 

55.5

%

 

54.5

%

 

55.7

%

 

 

48.1

 

51.6

 

55.5

 

Maintenance and other services

 

33.4

 

 

36.8

 

 

32.6

 

 

Electronic Data Interchange services

 

11.1

 

 

8.7

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

30.3

 

26.7

 

26.1

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

12.0

 

10.8

 

11.1

 

Other services

 

9.6

 

10.9

 

7.3

 

 


 


 


 

Maintenance, EDI and other services

 

51.9

 

48.4

 

44.5

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

Total revenue

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System sales

 

13.6

 

 

15.5

 

 

18.8

 

 

Maintenance and other services

 

12.6

 

 

17.2

 

 

14.5

 

 

Electronic Data Interchange services

 

7.2

 

 

4.0

 

 

7.1

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

5.8

 

5.4

 

6.8

 

Implementation and training services

 

5.5

 

5.5

 

6.8

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

Cost of revenue

 

33.4

 

 

36.7

 

 

40.4

 

 

Total cost of system sales

 

11.3

 

10.9

 

13.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

6.7

 

7.5

 

9.2

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

8.5

 

7.7

 

7.2

 

Other services

 

7.0

 

6.2

 

3.4

 

 


 


 


 

Total cost of maintenance, EDI and other services

 

22.2

 

21.4

 

19.8

 

 


 


 


 

Total cost of revenue

 

33.5

 

32.3

 

33.4

 

 


 


 


 

 


 

Gross profit

 

66.6

 

 

63.3

 

 

59.6

 

 

 

66.5

 

67.7

 

66.6

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

29.8

 

 

27.9

 

 

27.4

 

 

Research and development costs

 

6.8

 

 

7.8

 

 

8.7

 

 

 


 


 


 

Selling, general and administrative

 

28.6

 

28.8

 

29.8

 

Research and development

 

6.1

 

6.5

 

6.8

 

 


 


 


 

 


 

Income from operations

 

30.0

 

 

27.7

 

 

23.5

 

 

 

31.8

 

32.4

 

30.0

 

 


 


 


 

Interest income

 

1.8

 

 

1.0

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

1.4

 

2.1

 

1.8

 

Other income

 

0.5

 

0.0

 

0.0

 

 


 


 


 

 


 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

31.8

 

 

28.7

 

 

24.0

 

 

 

33.7

 

34.5

 

31.8

 

Provision for income taxes

 

12.2

 

 

10.5

 

 

9.3

 

 

 

12.3

 

13.3

 

12.2

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

Net income

 

19.6

%

 

18.1

%

 

14.7

%

 

 

21.4

%

21.1

%*

19.6

%

 


 


 


 

* does not foot due to rounding

Comparison of theFiscal Years Ended March 31, 20062008 and March 31, 20052007

For the year ended March 31, 2006,2008, our net income was $23.3$40.1 million or $0.88$1.47 per share on a basic and $0.85$1.44 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned $16.1$33.2 million or $0.63$1.24 per share on a basic and $0.61$1.21 per share on a fully diluted basis in the year ended March 31, 2005.2007. The increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2006,2008 was achieved primarily through the following:

 

 

a 34.1%18.7% increase in consolidated revenue;

 

 

a 41.0%21.3% increase in NextGen Division revenue which accounted for 87.0%91.4% of consolidated revenue; and

 

 

an increaseapproximately $1.0 million gain on life insurance proceeds the Company recorded, which was offset by additional compensation expense of approximately $0.2 million. The additional compensation expense was recorded in our consolidated gross profit margin from 63.3% to 66.6%.Selling, General and Administrative Expenses and the insurance proceeds were recorded as Other Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.



The above increases to net income were offset by a decline in gross profit margin resulting from a greater proportion of revenue being derived from hardware and EDI revenue which have relatively lower gross margin percentages. The gross profit margin declined to 66.5% in the year ended March 31, 2008 versus 67.7% in the prior year period.

Revenue.Revenue for the year ended March 31, 20062008 increased 34.1%18.7% to $119.3$186.5 million from $89.0$157.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2005.2007. Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2007 increased 31.8% to $157.2 million from $119.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2006. NextGen Division revenue increased 41.0%21.3% from $73.6$140.6 million to approximately $103.7$170.5 million in the period ended March 31, 2008, while QSI Division revenue increased slightlydecreased by 1.2%3.3% during thethat same period, from $15.4$16.6 million to $15.5$16.0 million.

We divide revenue into three categories; “Systemtwo categories, “system sales”, “Maintenance and “maintenance, EDI and other services” and “Electronic data interchange (EDI) services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, follow-on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees and other revenue. Maintenance revenue includes amounts initially deferred in conjunction with new customer arrangements and subsequently amortized and billings to existing customers.

System Sales.Company-wide sales of systems for the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20062008 increased 36.5%10.8% to $66.2$89.8 million from $48.5$81.0 million in the prior year.

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 37.0%12.2% increase in category revenue at our NextGen Division whose sales in this category grew from $46.6$77.7 million during the year ended March 31, 20052007 to $63.8$87.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2006.2008. This increase was driven primarily by higher sales of NextGenemr and NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well as an increase in the delivery of related implementation services offset by a decline in the sale of related hardware, third party software and supplies.

Systems sales revenue in the QSI Division increaseddecreased to approximately $2.4$2.6 million in the year ended March 31, 20062008 from $1.9$3.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2005.2007.



The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components by division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









 


 

(in thousands)

 

Software

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software and
Supplies

 

Implementation
and Training
Services

 

Total
System Sales

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

Software

 

Hardware, Third
Party Software
and Supplies

 

Implementation
and Training
Services

 

Total System
Sales

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Year ended March 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

984

 

 

$

1,013

 

 

$

411

 

 

$

2,408

 

 

 

$

360

 

$

1,134

 

$

1,154

 

$

2,648

 

NextGen Division

 

 

48,847

 

 

 

4,094

 

 

 

10,882

 

 

 

63,823

 

 

 

69,276

 

5,593

 

12,252

 

87,121

 

 


 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

49,831

 

 

$

5,107

 

 

$

11,293

 

 

$

66,231

 

 

 

$

69,636

 

$

6,727

 

$

13,406

 

$

89,769

 

 


 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

889

 

 

$

743

 

 

$

306

 

 

$

1,938

 

 

 

$

355

 

$

2,356

 

$

655

 

$

3,366

 

NextGen Division

 

 

33,230

 

 

 

4,810

 

 

 

8,550

 

 

 

46,590

 

 

 

62,957

 

3,203

 

11,522

 

77,682

 

 


 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

34,119

 

 

$

5,553

 

 

$

8,856

 

 

$

48,528

 

 

 

$

63,312

 

$

5,559

 

$

12,177

 

$

81,048

 

 


 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 

 


 


 


 


 

NextGen Division software revenue increased 47.0%10.0% between the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20052007 and the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2006.2008. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 76.5%79.5% of divisionalDivisional system sales revenue during the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2006, an increase2008, a decrease from 71.3%81.0% in the prior year period.

Software revenue from VARs totaled approximately $7.0Sales of additional licenses to existing customers grew to $31.3 million during the year ended March 31, 20062008 compared to $2.7$23.3 million during the prior year as an increasing number of customers who expanded their use of our software in the year ago period. The increase in VAR revenue was impacted in part by revenue from sales to Siemens Medical Solutions.

The increase in software’s share of systems sales was not the result of any new trend or change in emphasis on our part relative to software sales. Software license revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Divisiontheir practices and management was pleased with the Division’s performance in this area.purchased additional licenses.

During the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2006,2008, 6.4% of NextGen’sthe NextGen Division’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware and third party software compared to 10.3%4.1% in the same prior year period. We have noted that the last several quarters’ and years’ results have generally included a relatively lower amount of hardware and third party software compared to prior year periods. However, this decrease is not the result of any change in emphasis on our part.year. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software revenue fluctuates each quarter and year depending on the needs of



customers. The inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us.

Implementation and training revenue at the NextGen Division increased 27.3%6.3% in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20062008 compared to the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005.2007. The growth in implementation and training revenue is the result of increases in the amount of implementation and training services rendered to our new customers. Implementation and training revenue at the NextGen Division slightly decreased its share of divisionalDivisional system sales revenue to 17.0%14.0% in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20062008 from 18.3%14.8% in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005.2007. The amount of implementation and training services revenue and the corresponding rate of growth compared to a prior period in any given yearquarter is dependent on several factors, including timing of customer implementations, the availability of qualified staff, and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and training staff increased during the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20062008 versus March 31, 20052007 in order to accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software sales. In order to achieve continued increased revenuegrowth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of qualified staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain current staff members.

The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from investments in sales and marketing activities including hiring additional sales representatives, trade show attendance, and advertising expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen Division’s flagship NextGenemrand NextGenepm software products in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, as well as in prior years, and the apparent increasing acceptance of electronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.

For the QSI Division, total system sales increaseddecreased by approximately $0.5$0.7 million in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20062008 compared to the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005 due primarily to increases in all three categories.2007. We do not presently foresee any material changes in the business environment for the QSI Division with respect to the constrained environment that has been in place for the past several years.



Maintenance, EDI Maintenance and Other. Company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, and other services grew 31.2%27.1% to $53.1$96.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2008 from $40.4 million.$76.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2007. The increase in this category resulted principally from an increase in maintenance, EDI and Otherother revenue generated from the NextGen Division’s client base. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 20062008 grew 35.3%41.3% to $24.2$49.3 million from $17.9$34.9 million in the prior year, ago period, while EDI revenue grew 53.0%42.9% to $8.6$17.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2008 compared to $5.6$12.5 million in the year ago period.prior year. Other revenue for the NextGen Division, which consists primarily of third party license renewals, and time and materials billings, travel reimbursements, and other services grew 103.6%4.4% to $7.2$16.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2008 compared to $3.5$15.5 million a year ago. QSI Division maintenance revenue declined 4.7% from $7.3increased 1.5% to $7.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $6.9$7.1 million in the same periodprior year while divisional EDI revenue declinedincreased by approximately 4.2% from $4.91.0% to $4.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2008 compared to $4.7 million.$4.5 million in the prior year. Other revenue for the QSI Division grew 19.7% to $1.5 millionwas essentially flat for the year ended March 31, 2008 compared to $1.3 million a year ago.

The following table details maintenance, EDI and other revenue by category for the twelve month periodsyears ended March 31, 20062008 and 2005:2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 








 

(in thousands)

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Other

 

Total

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Other

 

Total

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Year ended March 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

6,939

 

 

$

4,673

 

 

$

1,524

 

 

$

13,136

 

 

 

$

7,186

 

$

4,564

 

$

1,639

 

$

13,389

 

NextGen Division

 

 

24,185

 

 

8,583

 

 

7,152

 

 

39,920

 

 

 

49,269

 

17,886

 

16,187

 

83,342

 

 



 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

31,124

 

 

$

13,256

 

 

$

8,676

 

 

$

53,056

 

 

 

$

56,455

 

$

22,450

 

$

17,826

 

$

96,731

 

 



 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

7,279

 

 

$

4,877

 

 

$

1,273

 

 

$

13,429

 

 

 

$

7,081

 

$

4,529

 

$

1,615

 

$

13,225

 

NextGen Division

 

 

17,881

 

 

5,611

 

 

3,512

 

 

27,004

 

 

 

34,867

 

12,520

 

15,505

 

62,892

 

 



 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

25,160

 

 

$

10,488

 

 

$

4,785

 

 

$

40,433

 

 

 

$

41,948

 

$

17,049

 

$

17,120

 

$

76,117

 

 



 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 


 


 


 


 

The following table provides the number of billing sites which were receiving maintenance services as of the last business day of the periodyear ended March 31, 20062008 and 20052007 respectively, as well as the number of billing sites receiving EDI services during the last month of each respective period at each Divisiondivision of the Company.our company. The table presents summary information only and includes billing entities added and removed for any reason. Note also that a single client may include one or multiple billing sites.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

 

NextGen

 

QSI

 

Consolidated

 

 

NextGen

 

QSI

 

Consolidated

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2005

 

558

 

 

394

 

 

296

 

 

218

 

 

854

 

 

612

 

 

 




 




 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2007

 

982

 

769

 

257

 

173

 

1,239

 

942

 

Billing sites added

 

292

 

 

260

 

 

6

 

 

19

 

 

298

 

 

279

 

 

 

194

 

289

 

9

 

29

 

203

 

318

 

Billing sites removed

 

(19

)

 

(87

)

 

(27

)

 

(48

)

 

(46

)

 

(135

)

 

 

(47

)

 

(65

)

 

(15

)

 

(37

)

 

(62

)

 

(102

)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

March 31, 2006

 

831

 

 

567

 

 

275

 

 

189

 

 

1,106

 

 

756

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

1,129

 

993

 

251

 

165

 

1,380

 

1,158

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 20062008 increased 21.9%23.1% to $39.8$62.5 million from $32.7$50.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2005,2007, while the cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue declinedincreased to 33.4%33.5% from 36.7% during the same period.32.3%. Our consolidated gross profit is impactedaffected by the level of hardware content included in system sales, the percentage of EDI revenue in our overall sales mix, and certain headcount expenses directly related to the cost of delivering our products and services. Consolidated gross profit is alsofor fiscal year 2008 was impacted by the higher margin revenues ofdecline in gross profit percentage at the NextGen Division, which increased its share of total company revenue to 87.0% from 82.7%offset by a slight increase in gross profit percentage at the prior year.QSI Division.



The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the twelve month periodsyears ended March 31, 20062008 and 2005:2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 


 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 


 

 

2008

 

%

 

2007

 

%

 

 


 


 


 


 

QSI Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

16,037

 

100.0

%

$

16,589

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

7,545

 

47.0

%

 

7,847

 

47.3

%

 


 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

$

8,492

 

53.0

%

$

8,742

 

52.7

%

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NextGen Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

170,463

 

100.0

%

$

140,576

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

54,956

 

32.2

%

 

42,937

 

30.5

%

 


 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

$

115,507

 

67.8

%

$

97,639

 

69.5

%

 


 

 


 


 


 


 

 

2006

 

%

 

2005

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

119,287

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

88,961

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

186,500

 

100.0

%

$

157,165

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

39,828

 

 

33.4

 

 

 

32,669

 

 

36.7

 

 

 

62,501

 

33.5

%

 

50,784

 

32.3

%

 


 


 



 


 

 


 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

 

79,459

 

 

66.6

 

 

 

56,292

 

 

63.3

 

 

 

$

123,999

 

66.5

%

$

106,381

 

67.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

NextGen Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

103,743

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

73,594

 

 

100.0

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

32,063

 

 

30.9

 

 

 

25,004

 

 

34.0

 

 

 


 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

 

71,680

 

 

69.1

 

 

 

48,590

 

 

66.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

15,544

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

15,367

 

 

100.0

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

7,765

 

 

50.0

 

 

 

7,665

 

 

49.9

 

 

 


 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

$

7,779

 

 

50.0

%

 

$

7,702

 

 

50.1

%

 

Gross profit margins at the NextGen Division for the year ended March 31, 2006 increased2008 decreased to 69.1%67.8% from 66.0%69.5% primarily due to a decreasean increase in the proportionate level of hardware and third party software content included in revenue as well as a slight decrease in the relative level of applicable headcount expense associated with delivering our products and services.revenue. The QSI Division’s gross profit margin remained consistent at approximately 50.0% inincreased to 53.0% from 52.7% between the years ended March 31, 20052008 and 2006. For2007 primarily due to a decrease in the QSI Division higherlevel of hardware and third party software costs offset a decreasecontent included in the relative level of applicable headcount expense associated with delivering our products and services.revenue.

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage of total revenue for our Companycompany and our two divisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

 

Payroll and
related
Benefits

 

Other

 

Total Cost
of Revenue

 

Gross Profit

 

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

 

Payroll and
related
Benefits

 

Outside
Services,
Amortization of
Software
Development
Costs and Other

 

Total Cost
of Revenue

 

Gross Profit

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

9.8

%

 

19.1

%

 

21.1

%

 

50.0

%

 

50.0

%

 

 

8.0

%

 

19.1

%

 

20.0

%

 

47.0

%

 

53.0

%

 

NextGen Division

 

4.6

 

 

11.8

 

14.5

 

 

30.9

 

 

69.1

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

11.2

%

 

17.3

%

 

32.2

%

 

67.8

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

5.3

 

 

12.7

 

15.4

 

 

33.4

 

 

66.6

 

 

 

4.2

%

 

11.8

%

 

17.5

%

 

33.5

%

 

66.5

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

6.1

 

 

17.8

 

26.0

 

 

49.9

 

 

50.1

 

 

 

10.0

%

 

17.3

%

 

20.0

%

 

47.3

%

 

52.7

%

 

NextGen Division

 

6.8

 

 

12.6

 

14.6

 

 

34.0

 

 

66.0

 

 

 

3.1

%

 

11.9

%

 

15.5

%

 

30.5

%

 

69.5

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

6.7

%

 

13.5

%

 

16.5

%

 

36.7

%

 

63.3

%

 

 

3.8

%

 

12.4

%

 

16.1

%

 

32.3

%

 

67.7

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

During the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2006,2008, hardware and third party software constituted a smallerlarger portion of consolidated cost of revenue compared to the same prior year period, driven principally both by the composition of NextGen Division revenue and NextGen Division revenue increasing its share of total Company revenue. This year over year reduction was not the result of any identifiable trend or change in emphasis on our part.period. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.



Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services decreased to 12.7%11.8% of consolidated revenue for the year ended March 31, 2008 compared to 13.5%12.4% during the prior twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005.2007. The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew approximately $3.2from $19.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2007 to $22.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2008, an increase of 13% or $2.5 million, primarily due to additions to related headcount, payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the NextGen Division. Payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Division declinedincreased on a percentage of revenue basis. The application of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2008 and 2007 added approximately $0.5 million in compensation to consolidated cost of revenue in both fiscal years.

We anticipate continued additions to headcount in the NextGen Division in areas related to delivering products and services in future periods, but due to the uncertainties in the timing of our sales arrangements, our sales mix, the acquisition and training of qualified personnel, and other issues, we cannot accurately predict if related headcount expense as a percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future.

We do not currently intend to make any significant changes to related headcount at the QSI Division.

“Other”, which consists of outside service costs, amortization of software development costs, hosting service costs and other service costs, increased to 17.5% of revenue during the year ended March 31, 2008 from 16.1% during the year ended March 31, 2007.

Should the NextGen Division continue to represent ana major and or increasing share of our revenue, and should the NextGen Division continue to carry higher gross margins than the QSI Division, our consolidated gross margin percentages should increase to more closely matchmove in concert with those of the NextGen Division.

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, our gross profit for the Company and the NextGen Division increased for the twelve month period ending March 31, 2006 versus the prior year period and the QSI Division remained fairly consistent for the twelve month period ending March 31, 2006 versus the prior year period.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 20062008 increased 43.5%17.5% to $35.6$53.3 million as compared to $24.8$45.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2005.2007. The increase in the amount of such expenses resulted primarily from increases of $2.6$3.6 million in salaries, commissions, and related benefits in the NextGen Division, $1.7 million in selling and administrative salaries and related benefits expenses in the NextGen Division, $1.8$1.0 million in commission expensetravel related costs in the NextGen Division, $1.2 million in travel expense in the NextGen Division, $2.6$0.8 million in other general and administrative expenses primarily in the NextGen Division and $2.6$0.9 million in increased corporate related expenses. Approximately $1.0 million of theThe increase in year over year corporate related expenses was primarily composed of salaries and related benefits. Expenses associated with the Annual Shareholders meeting, the contested director election, and subsequent litigation initiated by Ahmed Hussein also contributed to the increase in corporate expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 29.8%decreased from 28.9% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 from 27.9%2007 to 28.6% in the fiscal periodyear ended March 31, 20052008 due in to the fact that revenue grew faster than selling, general and administrative expense for the Company.



The application of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2008 and 2007 added approximately $2.5 million in compensation expense to consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses growing at a faster rate than revenue.and is included in the aforementioned amounts.

We anticipate increased expenditures for trade shows, advertising and the employment of additional sales representatives primarilyand administrative staff at the NextGen Division. We also anticipate increasedfuture increases in corporate expenditures at the corporate level relatedbeing made in areas including but not limited to headcount additions, compensationstaffing and professional service fees.services. While we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute basis, we cannot accurately predict the impact these additional expenditures will have on selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs for the yearyears ended March 31, 20062008 and 20052007 were $8.1$11.4 million and $6.9$10.2 million, respectively. The increase in research and development costs was primarily due to increased investment in the NextGen product line. Additionally, the application of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2008 and 2007 added approximately $0.8 million in both periods, in compensation expense to research and development costs net of amounts capitalized as software development in those fiscal years. Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs. For the year ended March 31, 2008, $6.0 million was added to capitalized software costs while $5.0 million was capitalized during the year ended March 31, 2007. Research and development costs as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 6.8%6.1% in the year ended March 31, 2008 from 7.8%6.5% in the year ended March 31, 2007 primarily due to revenue growing at a faster rate than the increase in research and development spending.costs. Research and development costs are expected to continue at or above current levels.

Interest Income.Interest income for the year ended March 31, 2006 increased 140.6%2008 decreased to approximately $2.1$2.7 million compared with $0.9to $3.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2005. The increase was2007. Interest income in the year ended March 31, 2008 decreased primarily due to the effect(i) a greater proportion of an increasefunds invested in tax favored auction rate securities which offer lower interest rates but higher after-tax yields compared to money market or short term U.S. Treasuries, and (ii) comparatively lower short term interest rates in the year ended March 31, 2008 versus the prior year period2007.

Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors. We currently maintain our cash in very liquid short term assets including money market funds and 30-60 day treasury bills as well as comparatively higher amounts availableauction rate securities (ARS).

Other Income. Other income for investment during the fiscal periodyear ended March 31, 2006. During2008 was approximately $1.0 million. There was no Other income recorded for the fourth quarteryear ended March 31, 2007. The Company recorded a gain on life insurance proceeds as a result of fiscal year 2006,the passing of Gregory Flynn, Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Company’s QSI Division. Mr. Flynn participated in the Company’s deferred compensation plan which is funded through the purchase of life insurance policies with the Company paid a dividend of approximately $23.4 million, which reduced the amount of funds available for investment during this period.named as beneficiary.

Provision for Income Taxes.The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 20062008 was approximately $14.6$22.9 million as compared to approximately $9.4$21.0 million for the year ago period.prior year. The effective tax rates for fiscal 20062008 and 20052007 were 38.5%36.4% and 36.8%38.7%, respectively. The provision for income taxes for the yearyears ended March 31,



2005 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying state income tax rates 2008 and the impact of research and development tax credits. The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 20062007 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying state income tax rates, research and development tax credits, and the qualified production activities deduction. During fiscal 2005,deduction, and exclusions for company-owned life insurance proceeds and tax-exempt interest income. The effective rate for the Company recognized approximately $0.5 million of research and development creditsyear ended March 31, 2008 also includes an increase in benefit from the qualified production activities deduction, which had not been recognized previously duewas mostly offset by non-deductible option expense related to the uncertainty concerning the ultimate amount of tax to be credited. incentive stock options.

During the year ended March 31, 2005,2008 and 2007, we claimed research and development tax credits of approximately $0.8 million in both years. The Company also claimed the state of California completed an auditqualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the Company’s tax returnsInternal Revenue Code, of approximately $3.1 million and did not materially change credits related to research and development. Based on$1.5 million during the results of that audit as well the expiration of the statue of limitations on certain amended returns, the provision for income taxes for the yearyears ended March 31, 2005 was reduced2008 and 2007, respectively. Research



and development credits and the qualified production activities income deduction taken by us involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the $0.5 million inrelevant tax credits which had not been previously recognized.code provision.

Comparison of theFiscal Years Ended March 31, 20052007 and March 31, 20042006

For the year ended March 31, 2005,2007, our net income was $16.1$33.2 million or $0.63$1.24 per share on a basic and $0.61$1.21 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned $10.4$23.3 million or $0.42$0.88 per share on a basic and $0.40$0.85 on a fully diluted basis in the year ended March 31, 2004.2006. The increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2005,2007 was achieved primarily through the following:

 

 

a 25.4%31.8% increase in consolidated revenue;

 

 

a 35.5% increase in NextGen Division revenue which accounted for 89.4% of consolidated revenue; and

 

an increase in our consolidated gross profit margin from 59.6%66.6% to 63.3%67.7%.

Revenue.Revenue for the year ended March 31, 20052007 increased 25.4%31.8% to $89.0$157.2 million from $70.9$119.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2004.2006. NextGen Division revenue increased 35.2%35.5% from $54.4$103.7 million to approximately $73.6$140.6 million in the period, while QSI Division revenue declinedincreased by 6.8%6.7% during the period from approximately $16.5$15.5 million to $15.4$16.6 million.

We divide revenueRevenue is divided into two categories, “System“system sales” and “Maintenance,“maintenance, EDI and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, follow on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees and other revenue. Maintenance and EDI revenue are the principle sources of revenue in this category.

System Sales.Company-wide sales of systems for the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20052007 increased 22.8%22.4% to $48.5$81.0 million from $39.5$66.2 million in the prior year.

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 24.8%21.7% increase in category revenue at our NextGen Division whose sales in this category grew from $37.3$63.8 million during the year ended March 31, 20042006 to $46.6$77.7 million during the year ended March 31, 2005.2007. This increase was driven primarily by higher sales of NextGenemr and NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well as an increase in the delivery of related implementation services offset by a decline in the sale of related hardware, third party software and supplies.

Systems sales revenue in the QSI Division declined 11.1%increased to approximately $1.9$3.4 million in the year ended March 31, 20052007 from $2.2$2.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2004.2006.

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components by Division:division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 








 

(in thousands)

 

Software

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software and
Supplies

 

Implementation
and Training
Services

 

Total
System Sales

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

Software

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software and
Supplies

 

Implementation
and Training
Services

 

Total
System Sales

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









Year ended March 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

889

 

 

$

743

 

 

$

306

 

 

$

1,938

 

 

 

$

355

 

$

2,356

 

$

655

 

$

3,366

 

NextGen Division

 

 

33,230

 

 

 

4,810

 

 

 

8,550

 

 

 

46,590

 

 

 

62,957

 

3,203

 

11,522

 

77,682

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

34,119

 

 

$

5,553

 

 

$

8,856

 

 

$

48,528

 

 

 

$

63,312

 

$

5,559

 

$

12,177

 

$

81,048

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

807

 

 

$

1,029

 

 

$

345

 

 

$

2,181

 

 

 

$

984

 

$

1,013

 

$

411

 

$

2,408

 

NextGen Division

 

 

24,657

 

 

 

6,139

 

 

 

6,548

 

 

 

37,344

 

 

 

48,847

 

4,094

 

10,882

 

63,823

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

25,464

 

 

$

7,168

 

 

$

6,893

 

 

$

39,525

 

 

 

$

49,831

 

$

5,107

 

$

11,293

 

$

66,231

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

NextGen Division software revenue increased 34.8%28.9% between the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20042006 and the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005.2007. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 71.3%81.0% of divisional system sales revenue during the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005,2007, an increase from 66.0%76.5% in the prior year period.



Sales of additional licenses to existing customers grew to $23.3 million during the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $9.7 million during the prior year as a result of both an increasing number of customers who are expanding their use of our software in their practices and are purchasing additional licenses. Software revenue from VARs totaled approximately $13.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $7.0 million in the prior year. The increase in VAR revenue was affected in part by revenue from sales to Siemens Medical Solutions.

The increase in software’s share of systems sales was not the result of any new trend or change in emphasis on our part relative to software sales. Software license revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division and management was pleased with the NextGen Division’s performance in this area.

During the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005, 10.3%2007, 4.1% of NextGen’sthe NextGen Division’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware and third party software compared to 16.4%6.4% in the same prior year period.year. We have noted that the last several quarter’squarters’ and years’ results have generally included a relatively lower amount of hardware and third party software compared to prior year periods.years. However, this decrease wasis not the result of any change in emphasis on our part. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software revenue fluctuates each year depending on the needs of customers. The inclusion of hardware and third party software in the division’sNextGen Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us.

Implementation and training revenue at the NextGen Division increased 30.5%5.9% in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20052007 compared to the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2004. Implementation and training revenue at the NextGen Division increased its share of divisional system sales revenue to 18.3% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2005 from 17.5% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2004.2006. The growth in implementation and training revenue is the result of increases in the amount of implementation and training services rendered to our new customers. Implementation and training revenue at the NextGen Division decreased its share of Divisional system sales revenue to 14.8% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2007 from 17.0% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2006. The amount of implementation and training services revenue and the corresponding rate of growth compared to a prior period in any given year is dependantdependent on several factors including timing of customer implementations, the availability of qualified staff, and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and training staff increased during the twelve months ended March 31, 2005 versus March 31, 2004 in order to accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software sales. In order to achieve continued increased revenue in this area, additional staffing increases are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of qualified staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain current staff members.

The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from investments in sales and marketing activities, including hiring additional sales representatives, trade show attendance, and advertising expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen Division’s flagship NextGenemrand NextGenepm software products in fiscal years 20052007 and 2004,2006, as well as in prior years, and the apparent increasing acceptance of electronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.

For the QSI Division, total system sales decreased 11.1%increased by approximately $1.0 million in the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 20052007 compared to the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2004.2006 due primarily to increases in hardware, third party software and implementation revenue. We do not presently foresee any material changes in the business environment for the QSI Division with respect to the constrained environment that has been in place for the past several years. QSI systems sales during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 were impacted by year over year declines in hardware and implementation and training services.



Maintenance, EDI Maintenance and Other. Company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, and other services grew 28.7%43.5% to $40.4$76.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 from $31.4 million.$53.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2006. The increase in this category resulted principally from an increase in maintenance, EDI and EDIOther revenue generated from the NextGen Division’s client base. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 20052007 grew 55.7%44.2% to $17.9$34.9 million from $11.5$24.2 million in the prior year, ago period, while EDI revenue grew 86.0%45.9% to $5.6$12.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $3.0$8.6 million in the prior year. Other revenue for the NextGen Division, which consists primarily of third party license renewals, time and materials billings, travel reimbursements, and other revenue grew 116.8% to $15.5 million for the year ago period.ended March 31, 2007 compared to $7.2 million a year ago. The increase was due primarily to purchases of additional training and other services by existing NextGen customers. QSI Division maintenance revenue declined 3.8% from $7.6increased 2.0% to $7.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $7.3$6.9 million in the same periodprior year while divisional EDI revenue declined by approximately 7.6% from $5.33.1% to $4.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $4.9 million.$4.7 million in the prior year. Other revenue for the QSI Division grew 6.0% to $1.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $1.5 million a year ago.



The following table details maintenance, EDI and other revenue by category for the twelve month periodsyears ended March 31, 20052007 and 2004:2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 








 

(in thousands)

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Other

 

Total

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

7,279

 

 

$

4,877

 

 

$

1,273

 

 

$

13,429

 

 

 

$

7,081

 

$

4,529

 

$

1,615

 

$

13,225

 

NextGen Division

 

 

17,881

 

 

 

5,611

 

 

 

3,512

 

 

 

27,004

 

 

 

34,867

 

12,520

 

15,505

 

62,892

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

25,160

 

 

$

10,488

 

 

$

4,785

 

 

$

40,433

 

 

 

$

41,948

 

$

17,049

 

$

17,120

 

$

76,117

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

7,570

 

 

$

5,276

 

 

$

1,464

 

 

$

14,310

 

 

 

$

6,939

 

$

4,673

 

$

1,524

 

$

13,136

 

NextGen Division

 

 

11,481

 

 

 

3,016

 

 

 

2,602

 

 

 

17,099

 

 

 

24,185

 

8,583

 

7,152

 

39,920

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

$

19,051

 

 

$

8,292

 

 

$

4,066

 

 

$

31,409

 

 

 

$

31,124

 

$

13,256

 

$

8,676

 

$

53,056

 

 



 



 



 



 

 


 


 


 


 

The following table provides the number of billing sites which were receiving maintenance services as of the last business day of the periodyear ended March 31, 20052007 and 20042006 respectively, as well as the number of billing sites receiving EDI services during the last month of each respective period at each Divisiondivision of the Company.our company. The table presents summary information only and includes billing entities added and removed for any reason. Note also that a single client may include one or multiple billing sites.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

 

NextGen

 

QSI

 

Consolidated

 

 

NextGen

 

QSI

 

Consolidated

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

 


 

 












 

March 31, 2004

 

421

 

 

293

 

 

321

 

 

234

 

 

742

 

 

527

 

 

March 31, 2006

 

831

 

567

 

275

 

189

 

1,106

 

756

 

Billing sites added

 

138

 

 

144

 

 

4

 

 

7

 

 

142

 

 

151

 

 

 

178

 

232

 

4

 

11

 

182

 

243

 

Billing sites removed

 

(1

)

 

(43

)

 

(29

)

 

(23

)

 

(30

)

 

(66

)

 

 

(27

)

 

(30

)

 

(22

)

 

(27

)

 

(49

)

 

(57

)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

March 31, 2005

 

558

 

 

394

 

 

296

 

 

218

 

 

854

 

 

612

 

 

March 31, 2007

 

982

 

769

 

257

 

173

 

1,239

 

942

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 20052007 increased 13.9%27.5% to $32.7$50.8 million from $28.7$39.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2004,2006, while the cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue declined to 36.7%32.3% from 40.4% during the same period.33.4%. Our consolidated gross profit is impactedaffected by the level of hardware content included in system sales, the percentage of EDI revenue in our overall sales mix, and certain headcount expenses directly related to the cost of delivering our products and services. Consolidated gross profit is also impactedaffected by the higher margin revenues of the NextGen Division, which increased its share of total companyCompany revenue to 82.7%89.4% from 76.8%87.0% in the prior year.



The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the twelve month periodsyears ended March 31, 20052007 and 2004:2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 


 


 

 

2007

 

%

 

2006

 

%

 

 


 


 


 


 

QSI Division

 

Revenue

 

$

16,589

 

100.0

%

$

15,544

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

7,847

 

47.3

 

7,765

 

50.0

 

 


 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

$

8,742

 

52.7

%

$

7,779

 

50.0

%

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NextGen Division

 

Revenue

 

$

140,576

 

100.0

%

$

103,743

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

42,937

 

30.5

 

32,063

 

30.9

 

 


 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

$

97,639

 

69.5

%

$

71,680

 

69.1

%

 


 

 


 


 


 


 

 

2005

 

%

 

2004

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

88,961

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

70,934

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

157,165

 

100.0

%

$

119,287

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

32,669

 

 

36.7

 

 

 

28,673

 

 

40.4

 

 

 

50,784

 

32.3

 

39,828

 

33.4

 

 



 


 



 


 

 


 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

 

56,292

 

 

63.3

 

 

 

42,261

 

 

59.6

 

 

 

$

106,381

 

67.7

%

$

79,459

 

66.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

NextGen Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

73,594

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

54,443

 

 

100.0

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

25,004

 

 

34.0

 

 

 

20,398

 

 

37.5

 

 

 



 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

 

48,590

 

 

66.0

 

 

 

34,045

 

 

62.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

15,367

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

16,491

 

 

100.0

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

7,665

 

 

49.9

 

 

 

8,275

 

 

50.2

 

 

 



 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

$

7,702

 

 

50.1

%

 

$

8,216

 

 

49.8

%

 

Gross profit margins at the NextGen Division for the year ended March 31, 20052007 increased to 66.0%69.5% from 62.5%69.1% primarily due to a decrease in the proportionate level of hardware and third party software content included in revenue as well asrevenue. The QSI Division’s gross profit margin increased to 52.7% from 50.0% between the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 primarily due to a slight decrease in the



relative level of applicable headcount expense associated with delivering our products and services. The QSI Division’s gross profit margin improved slightly to 50.1% in the year ended March 31, 2005 from 49.8% in the same period last year due to proportionately lower hardware and third party software content included in revenue.

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage of total revenue for our Companycompany and our two divisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 


 

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

 

Payroll and
related
Benefits

 

Outside
Services,
Amortization of
Software
Development
Costs and Other

 

Total Cost
of Revenue

 

Gross Profit

 

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

 

Payroll
and
related
Benefits

 

Outside
Services,
Amortization
of Software
Development
Costs and
Other

 

Total Cost
of Revenue

 

Gross
Profit

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

6.1

%

 

17.8

%

 

26.0

%

 

49.9

%

 

50.1

%

 

 

10.0

%

 

17.3

%

 

20.0

%

 

47.3

%

 

52.7

%

 

NextGen Division

 

6.8

 

 

12.6

 

 

14.6

 

 

34.0

 

 

66.0

 

 

 

3.1

 

11.9

 

15.5

 

30.5

 

69.5

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

6.7

 

 

13.5

 

 

16.5

 

 

36.7

 

 

63.3

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

12.4

%

 

16.1

%

 

32.3

%

 

67.7

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

7.6

 

 

16.8

 

 

25.8

 

 

50.2

 

 

49.8

 

 

 

9.8

%

 

19.1

%

 

21.1

%

 

50.0

%

 

50.0

%

 

NextGen Division

 

10.8

 

 

14.2

 

 

12.5

 

 

37.5

 

 

62.5

 

 

 

4.6

 

11.8

 

14.5

 

30.9

 

69.1

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

10.0

%

 

14.8

%

 

15.6

%

 

40.4

%

 

59.6

%

 

 

5.3

%

 

12.7

%

 

15.4

%

 

33.4

%

 

66.6

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

During the twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2005,2007, hardware and third party software constituted a smaller portion of consolidated revenue compared to the same prior year period, driven principally both by the composition of NextGen Division revenue and NextGen Division revenue increasing its share of total Company revenue. This year over year reduction wascontinued a previously identified trend and did not the result offrom any identifiable trend or change in emphasis on our part. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services decreased to 13.5%12.4% of consolidated revenue for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to 14.8%12.7% during the prior twelve monthsyear ended March 31, 2004.2006. The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $15.2 million in the twelve months ended March 31, 2006 to $19.6 million in the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of 29% or $4.4 million, primarily due to additions to related headcount, payroll and



benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the NextGen Division. Payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Division declined slightly on an absolute basis, but increased slightly on a percentage of revenue basis. The adoption of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2007 added approximately $0.5 million in compensation to consolidated cost of revenue.

We anticipate continued additions to headcount in the NextGen Division in areas related to delivering products and services in future periods, but due to the uncertainties in the timing of our sales arrangements, our sales mix, the acquisition and training of qualified personnel, and other issues, we cannot accurately predict if related headcount expense as a percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future.

We do not currently intend to make any significant additionschanges to related headcount at the QSI Division.

“Other”, which consists of outside service costs, amortization of software development costs and other costs, increased to 16.1% of revenue during the year ended March 31, 2007 from 15.4% during the year ended March 31, 2006.

Should the NextGen Division continue to represent an increasing share of our revenue and should the NextGen Division continue to carry higher gross margins than the QSI Division, our consolidated gross margin percentages should increase to match more closely match those of the NextGen Division.

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, our gross profit for the Company and our two operating divisions increased for the twelve monthyear period ending March 31, 20052007 versus the prior year period.year.



Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 20052007 increased 27.2%27.5% to $24.8$45.3 million as compared to $19.5$35.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2004.2006. The increase resulted primarily from increases of $2.0$5.1 million in sellingcompensation expense and administrative salaries and related benefits expensesbenefit expense in the NextGen Division, $0.9 million for corporate related professional services principally in the area of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, $0.6 million in commission expense principally in the NextGen division, $0.4 million in corporate related salaries and related benefit expenses, $0.4 million in NextGen travel expenses and $1.0Division, $1.9 million in other general and administrative expenses primarily in the NextGen Division. Division and $1.8 million in increased corporate expenses. Approximately $1.4 million of the increase in year over year corporate expenses was salaries and related benefits.

The adoption of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2007 added approximately $2.5 million in compensation expense to consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses and is included in the aforementioned amounts.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue slightly increaseddecreased to 27.9%28.9% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 20052007 from 27.4%29.8% in the fiscal period ended March 31, 20042006 due to revenue growing at a faster rate than selling, general and administrative expenses growing at a slightly faster rate than revenue.expenses.

We anticipate increased expenditures for trade shows, advertising and the employment of additional sales representatives primarilystaff additions at the NextGen Division. We are hopeful that we will be able to achievealso anticipate increased expenditures at least a moderate reduction in expensesthe corporate level related to Sarbanes Oxley Act compliance.headcount additions, compensation and professional service fees. While we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute basis, we cannot accurately predict the impacteffect these additional expenditures will have on selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs for the yearyears ended March 31, 20052007 and 20042006 were $6.9$10.2 million and $6.1$8.1 million, respectively. The increase in research and development costs was primarily due to increased investment in the NextGen product line. Additionally, the adoption of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2007 added approximately $0.8 million in compensation expense to research and development costs net of amounts capitalized as software development. Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs. For the year ended March 31, 2007, $5.0 million was added to capitalized software costs while $3.3 million was capitalized during the year ended March 31, 2006. Research and development costs as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 7.8%6.5% from 8.7%6.8% primarily due to revenue growing at a faster rate than the increase in research and development spending.costs. Research and development costs are expected to continue at or above current levels.

Interest Income.Interest income for the year ended March 31, 20052007 increased 127%56.8% to approximately $0.9$3.3 million compared with $0.4$2.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2004.2006. The increase was primarily due to the effect of an increase in short term interest rates versus the prior year period as well as comparatively higher amounts available for investment during the fiscal periodyear ended March 31, 2005.2007. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company2007, we paid a one time dividend of approximately $19.6$27.1 million, which reduced the amount of funds available for investment during this period. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we paid a dividend of approximately $23.4 million, which reduced the amount of funds available for investment during such period.

Provision for Income Taxes.The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 20052007 was approximately $9.4$21.0 million as compared to approximately $6.6$14.6 million for the year ago period.prior year. The effective tax rates for fiscal 20052007 and 20042006 were 36.8%38.7% and 38.9%38.5%, respectively. The provision for income taxes for the years ended March 31, 20052007 and 2004 differ2006 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying state income tax rates, and the impact of research and development tax credits. During fiscal 2005,credits, and the Company recognized approximately $0.5 million of research and development credits which had not been recognized previously due to the uncertainly concerning the ultimate amount of tax to be credited. In the quarter ended March 31, 2005, the State of California completed an audit of the Company’s tax returns and did not materially change credits related to research and development. Based on the results of that audit as well the expiration of the statue of limitations on



certain amended returns, the provision for income taxesqualified production activities deduction. The effective rate for the year ended March 31, 20052007 also includes an increase in benefit from the qualified production activities deduction, which was reducedmostly offset by non-deductible option expense related to incentive stock options.

During the $0.5year ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, we claimed research and development tax credits of approximately $0.8 million in tax credits which had not been recognized asboth years. The Company also claimed the qualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code, of approximately $1.5 million and $0.8 million during the years ended March 31, 2004.2007 and 2006, respectively. Research and development credits and the qualified production activities income deduction taken by us involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax code provision.



Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table presents selected financial statistics and information for each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004:2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

(in thousands)

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 


 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

57,225

 

 

 

$

51,157

 

 

 

$

51,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

6,068

 

 

 

$

(238

)

 

 

$

14,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

23,322

 

 

 

$

16,109

 

 

 

$

10,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

$

30,678

 

 

 

$

21,631

 

 

 

$

17,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of days of sales outstanding.

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 


 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

59,046

 

$

60,028

 

$

57,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(982

)

$

2,803

 

$

6,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operations during the year

 

$

43,599

 

$

29,570

 

$

30,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of days of sales outstanding

 

 

136

 

 

129

 

 

115

 

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Cash provided by operations has historically been our primary source of cash and has primarily been driven by our net income and secondarily by non-cash expenses including depreciation, amortization of capitalized software, provisions for bad debts and inventory obsolescence, and stock option expenses.

The following table summarizes our statement of cash flows for the yearyears ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004:2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 


 

 


 

(in thousands)

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 



 

 


 


 


 

Net income

 

$

23,322

 

 

$

16,109

 

 

$

10,400

 

 

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash expenses

 

5,595

 

 

4,352

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

11,299

 

8,977

 

4,140

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

4,831

 

 

2,680

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on life insurance proceeds, net

 

(755

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options, net

 

65

 

167

 

4,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in deferred revenue

 

10,439

 

 

8,214

 

 

5,564

 

 

 

5,447

 

3,532

 

10,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accounts receivable

 

(12,484

)

 

(13,879

)

 

(3,400

)

 

 

(13,811

)

 

(20,760

)

 

(12,484

)

Change in assets and liabilities

 

(1,025

)

 

4,155

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

1,276

 

4,422

 

430

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

30,678

 

 

$

21,631

 

 

$

17,303

 

 

 

$

43,599

 

$

29,570

 

$

30,678

 

 


 


 


 

Net Income

Income.As referenced in the above table, net income makes up the majority of our cash generated from operations for the yearyears ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004.2006. Our NextGen Division’s contribution to net income has increased each year due to that Division’sdivision’s operating income increasing more quickly than the Companyour company as a whole.

Non-Cash expenses

Expenses. Non-cash expenses include depreciation, amortization of capitalized software, provisions for bad debts and inventory obsolescence, and stock option expenses. Total non-cash expenses decreasedincreased by approximately $1.2$11.3 million, between$9.0 million and $4.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, versus 2005.respectively. The change for the year ended March 31, 2008 is primarily related to a $3.8 million increase in stock option expenses related to our application of SFAS 123R, a $2.4 million increase in depreciation, $4.1 million decrease in deferred income taxes offset by increases in the amortization of capitalized software depreciationcosts, and a $1.2 million increase in the provision for bad debts.

Tax benefits from stock options

TheBenefits From Stock Options. Although the value of stock options exercised by employees grew in the year ended March 31, 20062008 and 2007, our application of SFAS 123R required excess tax benefits of $1.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively, to be reclassed to financing activities, resulting in an increase of approximately $2.2 million dollars of tax benefita net decrease in the period endingyears ended March 31, 2006.



Deferred Revenue2008 and 2007.

Deferred Revenue.Cash from operations benefited significantly from increases in deferred revenue primarily due to an increase in the volume of implementation and maintenance services invoiced by the NextGen Division which had not yet been rendered or recognized as revenue. This benefit is offset by the increase in unpaid deferred revenue. Deferred revenue grew by approximately $10.4 $5.4



million for the year ended March 31, 20062008 versus growth of $8.2$3.5 million infor the year ago period,ended March 31, 2007, resulting in increases to cash provided by operating activities for the respective periods.

Accounts Receivable

Receivable.Accounts receivable grew by approximately $12.5$13.8 million, $13.9$20.8 million and $3.4$12.5 million for the years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004,2006, respectively. The increase in accounts receivable in the periods is due to the following factors:

 

 

NextGen divisionDivision revenue grew 41.0%21.3%, 35.2%35.5% and 45.8%41.0% for the years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004,2006, respectively;

 

 

We experienced an increase in the volume of undelivered services billed in advance by the NextGen Division which were unpaid as of the end of each period and included in accounts receivable. This resulted in an increase in both deferred revenue and accounts receivable of approximately $4.9 million, $6.4 million and $4.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively; and

 

The NextGen Division constituted a larger percentage of our receivables at March 31, 20062008 compared to March 31, 2005.2007. Turnover of accounts receivable in the NextGen Division is slower than the QSI Division due to the fact that the majority of the QSI Division’s revenue is coming from maintenance and EDI services which typically have shorter payment terms than systems sales related revenue which historically have accounted for a major portion of NextGen Division sales; and

We experienced an increase in the volume of undelivered services billed in advance by the NextGen Division which were unpaid as of the end of each period and included in accounts receivable. This resulted in an increase in both deferred revenue and accounts receivable of approximately $4.4 million and $4.5 million for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.sales.

The turnover of accounts receivable measured in terms of days sales outstanding (DSO) decreasedfluctuated during the year and increased from 119129 days to 115136 days during the year ended March 31, 20062008 primarily due to improved turnover of accounts receivable and revenue growing at a faster rate than the accounts receivable balance and the $4.0 million transaction with Siemens Medical Solutions that was paid upfront during fiscal year 2006.above mentioned factors.

If amounts included in both accounts receivable and deferred revenue were netted, the Company’sour turnover of accounts receivedreceivable expressed as days sales outstandingDSO would be 7085 days as of March 31, 20062008 and 7281 days as of March 31, 2005.2007. Provided turnover of accounts receivable, deferred revenue, and profitability remain consistent with the year ended March 31, 2006,2008, we anticipate being able to continue to generate cash from operations during fiscal 20062009 primarily from theour net income of the Company.income.

Cash flows from investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $30.2 million, $8.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities is a result of the Company’s net purchases of current investments in ARS of approximately $22.6 million, net of unrealized loss of $0.3 million as of March 31, 2008. These ARS are classified as current and non current investments on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition to purchases and sales of marketable securities, net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2008 consisted of additions to equipment and improvements and capitalized software. Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of additions to equipment and improvements and capitalized software.

Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 20062008 was $18.9$14.4 million and consisted of a dividend paid to shareholders of $23.4$20.5 million offset by $4.5$4.8 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. We recorded a reduction in income tax liability of $4.8$1.3 million related to excess tax deductions received from employee stock option exercises. The benefit was recorded as additional paid in capital.

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

At March 31, 2006,2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $57.2$59.0 million and marketable securities of $22.6 million. We intend to expend some of these funds for the development of products complementary to our existing product line as well as new versions of certain of our products. These developments are intended to take advantage of more powerful technologies and to increase the integration of our products. We have no additional significant current capital commitments.

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a policy whereby we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock commencing with conclusion of our first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and continuing each fiscal quarter thereafter, subject to further review and approval as well as establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior to the declaration of each such quarterly dividend. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and when declared by the Board



pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July.

On May 31, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of twenty-five cents ($0.25) per share payable on its outstanding shares of common stock. The cash dividend record date was June 15, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on or about July 5, 2007.

On July 31, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of twenty-five cents ($0.25) per share payable on its outstanding shares of common stock. The cash dividend record date was September 14, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on or about October 5, 2007.

On October 25, 2007, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of December 14, 2007 with an expected distribution date on or about January 7, 2008.

On January 30, 2008, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of March 14, 2008 with an expected distribution date on or about April 7, 2008.

On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI. The acquisition resulted in HSI becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of QSI. The purchase price consists of approximately $15.4 million plus up to approximately $1.6 million in incentives tied to future performance. The $15.4 million consists of approximately equal parts of cash and restricted QSI common stock, subject to restrictions on resale lapsing over a two year period.

On May 29, 2008, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 13, 2008 with an expected distribution date on or about July 2, 2008.

Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents on hand at March 31, 2008, together with its marketable securities and cash flows from operations, if any, will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure requirements as well as any dividends paid in the ordinary course of business for the balance of fiscal 2009.

Contractual Obligations

Obligations.The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at March 31, 2006,2008, and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash in future periods:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations – Non-cancelable lease obligations

Contractual Obligations – Non-cancelable lease obligations

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

1,771

 

 

2008

 

2,137

 

 

2009

 

1,905

 

 

 

$

3,156

 

2010

 

1,903

 

 

 

$

3,131

 

2011 and beyond

 

2,688

 

 

2011

 

$

3,164

 

2012

 

$

1,716

 

2013 and beyond

 

$

942

 

 


 

 


 

 

$

10,404

 

 

 

$

12,109

 

 


 

 


 

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” (SFAS 154). SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 154 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In December 2004,2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS 162)”.SFAS No. 162 defines the order in which accounting principles that are generally accepted should be followed. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) amendments to AU Section 411, ,The Meaning of “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R) which is a revisionPresent Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 123No. 162 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. The position amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The position applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of FSP 142-3 on the consolidated financial statements.



In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (SFAS 141R). SFAS 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business combinations. SFAS 141(R) defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest at their fair values as of the acquisition date. In addition, SFAS 141(R) requires expensing of acquisition-related and restructure-related costs, remeasurement of earn out provisions at fair value, measurement of equity securities issued for purchase at the date of close of the transaction and non-expensing of in-process research and development related intangibles. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date. This pronouncement will be applied by the Company when it becomes effective and when or if the Company effectuates a business combination, otherwise there is no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of SFAS No. 115”, (SFAS 159) which applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. This Statement 123R supersedes APB 25permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and amendscertain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. This Statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of FASB Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. The Company plans to adopt SFAS 159 effective April 1, 2008 and is in the process of determining the effect, if any, the adoption of SFAS 159 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS 157),“Statement which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of Cash Flows” (SFAS 95). SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the incomeinformation. This statement based on their estimated fair values and the pro forma disclosure alternative is no longer allowable under Statement 123R. Subsequently, in April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) changed the effective date from the first interim or annual reporting periodfor fiscal years beginning after JuneNovember 15, 2005 to2007. The Company is currently evaluating the first annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS 123R will be applicable to the Company beginning April 1, 2006, and the Company intends to adopt the standard using the “modified prospective” method. The “modified prospective” method requires compensation costs to be recognized, beginning with the effective date of adoption, for a) all share-based payments granted after the effective date and b) awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of the statement that remain unvested on the effective date. As permitted by SFAS 123 we have historically accounted for share-based payments to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed in APB No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and as such, generally have recognized no compensation cost for employee equity incentives. Accordingly,impact, if any, the adoption of SFAS 123Rthis standard will have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall liquidity. The impact of the adoption of SFAS 123R for currently outstanding but unvested options is approximately $7.9 million based on the estimated fair values used to prepare the proforma disclosure information. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current requirements. This requirement may reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITIVEQUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKS

We maintain investments in tax exempt municipal Auction Rate Securities (ARS) which are classified as current and non-current marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  A small portion of the Company’s portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which invest in tax exempt municipal auction rate securities.  At March 31, 2008, we had approximately $22.6 million of ARS on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The ARS are rated by one or more national rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days.  

 Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there are insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auction. A failed auction does not result in a default of the debt instrument. The securities will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities, or the securities mature. In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed auctions on its ARS and auction rate preferred securities. To determine their estimated fair values at March 31, 2008, factors including credit quality, the likelihood of redemption, and yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds or other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers were considered.  Based on these factors, a temporary impairment of $326 was recorded to accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2008.  If the Company sells any of the ARS, prior to maturity, at an amount below original purchase value, or if it becomes probable that the Company will not receive 100% of the principal and interest from the issuer as to any of the ARS, the Company will be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge against net income.  Based on our ability to access our cash and other short-term investments, our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not anticipate the current lack of liquidity on these investments to have a significant amountmaterial impact on our financial condition or results of cash and short-term investments with maturities less than three months. This cash portfolio exposes us to interest rate risk as short-term investment rates can be volatile. Given the short-term maturity structure of our investment portfolio, we believe that it is not subject to principal fluctuations and the effective interest rate of our portfolio tracks closely to various short-term money market interest rate benchmarks.operation.



 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our Financial Statements identified in the Index to Financial Statements appearing under “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this report are incorporated herein by reference to Item 15.



 

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

BasedOur Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) have concluded, based on their evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2006,2008, that the design and operation of our officers“disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that ouras appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding whether or not disclosure controls and procedures result in the effective recordation, processing, summarization and reporting of information that is required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules thereunder.required.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the yearquarter ended March 31, 2006,2008, there were no changes have occurred in our internal controls“internal control over financial reportingreporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting function.reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’sOur management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in RulesRule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’sour management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Companywe conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of itsour internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’sour management concluded that itsour internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2006.2008.

The Company’sOur internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures, that (1) that:

(1)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(2)

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

(3)

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of records that,inherent limitations in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositionsall control systems, no matter how well designed, no evaluation of the Company’s assets; (2)controls can provide reasonableabsolute assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures ofall control issues within the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding preventionhave been or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.will be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’sOur independent registered public accounting firm has audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’sour internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 20062008 as stated in their report whichthat is included herein.



 

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.We have experienced legal claims by parties asserting that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. We believe that these claims are without merit and intend to defend against them vigorously; however, we could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claim – even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matter. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict. We refer you to the discussion of infringement and litigation risks in our Risk Factors section of this Report.

Part III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting to be filed with the Commission.



PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Directors and Executive Officers

The names, ages, positions held and business experience of our directors and executive officers as of June 1, 2006 are as follows:

Patrick B. Cline (45) currently serves as a director and as President of our NextGen Healthcare Information Systems Division. He served as our interim Chief Executive Officer for the April - July 2000 period. Mr. Cline was a co-founder of Clinitec; a company acquired by Quality Systems, Inc. in 1996, and has served as its President since its inception in January 1994 and throughout its transition to NextGen Healthcare Information Systems. Prior to co-founding Clinitec, Mr. Cline served, from July 1987 to January 1994, as Vice President of Sales and Marketing with Script Systems, a subsidiary of InfoMed, a healthcare information systems company. From January 1994 to May 1994, after the founding of Clinitec, Mr. Cline continued to serve, on a part time basis, as Script Systems’ Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Mr. Cline has held senior positions in the healthcare information systems industry since 1981. Mr. Cline has been a director of the Company since 2005.

Maurice J. DeWald (66) is a director and since 1992 has been the Chief Executive Officer of Verity Financial Group, Inc., a financial advisory firm. He is a director of Advanced Materials Group, Inc., Mizuho Corporate Bank of California and Integrated Healthcare Holdings, Inc. He was an audit partner/managing partner with the international accounting firm KPMG, LLP and was with that firm from 1962 to 1991. He holds a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and has a California C.P.A. professional certification. Mr. DeWald has been a director of the Company since 2004.

Ibrahim Fawzy (65) is a director and has been president of Fawzy Consultant Group since 1999. Fawzy Consultant Group works mainly in investment industrial projects. Dr. Fawzy has taught mechanical engineering at Cairo University in Egypt since 1969. Previously, he taught mechanical engineering at the University of London in England. Prior to forming his own consultancy group, Dr. Fawzy held several posts with the Egyptian government, including as cultural attaché in London, from 1979 to 1983. Dr. Fawzy was the Minister of Industry and Mineral Wealth from 1993 through 1996 and the Chairman of the General Authority for Investment from 1996 to 1999. Dr. Fawzy is a director of seven companies in Egypt, three of which are public (The Egyptians Abroad for Investment and Development, Misr Canada Lube Oil and El-Nubaria for Agricultural Mechanization). Dr. Fawzy has been a director of the Company since 2005.

Ahmed Hussein (65) is a director and has been since 1997, the Director of National Investment Company, Cairo, Egypt. Mr. Hussein founded National Investment Company in 1996 and has served as a member of its Board of Directors since its inception. Mr. Hussein served as a Senior Vice President of Dean Witter from 1993 to 1996. Mr. Hussein is a director of Nobria Agriculture, a publicly held Egyptian corporation. Mr. Hussein has been a director of the Company since 1999.

Vincent J. Love (65) is a director and is the managing partner of Kramer, Love & Cutler, LLP, a financial consulting group. He was employed by the accounting firm Ernst & Young from 1967 to 1994, and served as a partner of that firm from 1979 to 1994. He is a member of Counsel, the governing body, of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and an honorary member of the Executive Committee of the American Arbitration Association. He achieved the rank of Captain in the U.S. Army, has a B.B.A. from the City College of New York, and is a New York, Ohio, and Connecticut C.P.A. Mr. Love has been a director of the Company since 2004.

Steven T. Plochocki (54) is a director. He joined Trinity Hospice, a national hospice provider, as Chief Executive Officer and board member in October 2004. Prior to joining Trinity Hospice, he was Chief Executive Officer of InSight, a national provider of diagnostic imaging services from November 1999 to August 2004. Previously he was Chief Executive Officer of Centratex Support Services, Inc., a support services company for the healthcare industry and had previously held other senior level positions with healthcare industry firms. He holds B.A. in Journalism and Public Relations from Wayne State University and a Master’s degree in Business Management from Central Michigan University. Mr. Plochocki has been a director of the Company since 2004.

Sheldon Razin (68) is a director. He is the founder of the Company and has served as its Chairman of the Board since our inception in 1974. He served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer from 1974 until April 2000. Since its inception until April 2000, he also served as the our President, except for the period from August 1990 to August



1991. Additionally, Mr. Razin served as Treasurer from our inception until October 1982. Prior to founding the Company, he held various technical and managerial positions with Rockwell International Corporation and was a founder of our predecessor, Quality Systems, a sole proprietorship engaged in the development of software for commercial and space applications and in management consulting work. Mr. Razin holds a B.S. degree in Mathematics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Louis E. Silverman (47) is a director and joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in July 2000. Mr. Silverman was previously Chief Operations Officer of CorVel Corp., a publicly traded national managed care services and technology firm with headquarters in Irvine, California. Mr. Silverman holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Amherst College. Mr. Silverman has been a director of the Company since 2005.

Greg Flynn (48) has served as the QSI Division’s General Manager since April 2000 and as Executive Vice President since August 1998 after serving as Vice President of Sales and Marketing from January 1996 to August 1998. Between June 1992 and January 1996, Mr. Flynn served as Vice President Administration. In these capacities, Mr. Flynn has been responsible for numerous functions related to the Company’s ongoing management and sales. Previously, Mr. Flynn served as our Vice President, Corporate Communications. Mr. Flynn joined us in January 1982. He holds a B.A. degree in English from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Paul A. Holt (40) was appointed Chief Financial Officer in November 2000. Mr. Holt has served as the Company’s Controller from January 2000 to May 2000 and was appointed interim Chief Financial Officer in May 2000. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Holt was the Controller of Sierra Alloys Co., Inc., a titanium metal manufacturing company from August 1999 to December 1999. From May 1997 to July 1999, he was Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor, a wholesale distributor and manufacturer of refrigeration supplies and heating controls. From March 1995 to April 1997 he was Assistant Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor. Mr. Holt is a Certified Public Accountant and holds an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California and a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Irvine.

Our directors serve until the election and qualification of their respective successors. Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors.

Board of Directors Meetings and Related Matters

Our Bylaws require that at least a majority of the members of the Board shall be independent directors. The Bylaws state that an “independent director” means a person other than an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The following persons shall not be considered independent:

(a)

a director who is, or at any time during the past three years was, employed by the Company or by any parent or subsidiary of the Company;

(b)

a director who accepted or who has a family member (as defined below) who accepted any payments from the company or any parent subsidiary of the Company in excess of $60,000 during the current or any of the past three fiscal years, other than for the following:

i.

compensation for Board or Board committee service;

ii.

payments arising solely from investments in our securities;

iii.

compensation paid to a family member who is a non-executive employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company;

iv.

benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan, or non-discretionary compensation; or



v.

loans permitted under Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act of 1934;

(c)

a director who is a family member of an individual who is or at any time during the past three years was, employed by the Company or by any parent or subsidiary of the Company as an executive officer;

(d)

a director who is, or has a family member who is, a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, any organization to which the Company made, or from which the Company received, payments for property or services in the current or any of the past three fiscal years that exceed 5% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenues for that year, or $200,000, whichever is more, other than the following:

i.

payments arising solely from investments in our securities; or

ii.

payments under non-discretionary charitable contribution matching programs;

(e)

a director of the Company who is, or has a family member who is, employed as an executive officer of another entity where at any time during the past three years any of the officers of the Company serve on the compensation committee of such other entity; or

(f)

a director who is, or has a family member who is, a current partner of our outside auditor, or was a partner or employee of our outside auditor who worked on our audit at any time during any of the past three years.

A “family member” for these purposes means a person’s spouse, parents, children and siblings, whether by blood, marriage or adoption, or anyone residing in such person’s home.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Board held 10 meetings. There were no actions taken by unanimous written consent. No director attended less than 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of the Board and all meetings of committees of the Board upon which he served.

The Board has an Audit Committee which consists of Messrs. DeWald, Love, and Plochocki. The Audit Committee is comprised entirely of “independent” (as defined in Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq listing standards) directors and operates under a written charter adopted by the Board. The duties of the Audit Committee include meeting with the independent public accountants of the Company to review the scope of the annual audit and to review the quarterly and annual financial statements of the Company before the statements are released to our shareholders. The Audit Committee also evaluates the independent public accountants’ performance and makes recommendations to the Board as to whether the independent public accounting firm should be retained by the Company for the ensuing fiscal year. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews our internal accounting and financial controls and reporting systems practices. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Audit Committee held 15 meetings. The Audit Committee’s current charter, adopted January 29, 2004, is included as Appendix A to our 2004 Proxy Statement. The Audit Committee and Board have confirmed that the Audit Committee does and will continue to include at least three independent members. The Audit Committee and the Board have confirmed that Mr. DeWald meets applicable NASDAQ listing standards for designation as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” and being for being “independent.”

The Board has a Nominating Committee which consists of Messrs. DeWald, Love and Plochocki. The Nominating Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending to the Board direct nominee candidates and is composed entirely of independent directors. The Nominating Committee will consider candidate nominees for election as director who are recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be sent to the Secretary of the Company and should include the candidate’s name and qualifications and a statement from the candidate that he or she consents to being named in the proxy statement and will serve as a director if elected. In order for any candidate to be considered by the Nominating Committee and, if nominated, to be included in the proxy statement, such recommendation must be received by the Secretary not less than 150 days prior to the anniversary date of our most recent annual meeting of shareholders.



The Nominating Committee believes that it is desirable that directors possess an understanding of our business environment and have the knowledge, skills, expertise and such diversity of experience that the Board’s ability to manage and direct the affairs and business of the Company is enhanced. Additional considerations may include an individual’s capacity to enhance the ability of committees of the Board to fulfill their duties and/or satisfy any independence requirements imposed by law, regulation or listing requirements.

The Nominating Committee may receive suggestions from current Board members, Company executive officers or other sources, which may be either unsolicited or in response to requests from the Nominating Committee for such candidates. The Nominating Committee may also, from time to time, engage firms that specialize in identifying director candidates.

Once a person has been identified by the Nominating Committee as a potential candidate, the Nominating Committee may collect and review publicly available information regarding the person to assess whether the person should be considered further. If the Nominating Committee determines that the candidate warrants further consideration, the Chairman or another member of the Nominating Committee may contact the person. Generally, if the person expresses a willingness to be considered and to serve on the Board, the Nominating Committee may request information from the candidate, review the person’s accomplishments and qualifications and may conduct one or more interviews with the candidate. The Nominating Committee may consider all such information in light of information regarding any other candidates that the Nominating Committee might be evaluating for nomination to the Board. Nominating Committee members may contact one or more references provided by the candidate or may contact other members of the business community or other persons that may have greater first-hand knowledge of the candidate’s accomplishments. With the nominee’s consent, the Nominating Committee may also engage an outside firm to conduct background checks on candidates as part of the nominee evaluation process. The Nominating Committee’s evaluation process does not vary based on the source of the recommendation, though in the case of a shareholder nominee, the Nominating Committee and/or Board may take into consideration the number of shares held by the recommending shareholder and the length of time that such shares have been held.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 the Nominating Committee held five meetings. The Nominating Committee’s current charter, while not posted on our website, is included as Appendix B to our 2004 Proxy Statement.

The Board has a Compensation Committee which consists of Messrs. DeWald, Love and Plochocki. The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of independent directors, and is responsible for (i) ensuring that senior management will be accountable to the Board through the effective application of compensation policies and (ii) monitoring the effectiveness of our compensation plans applicable to both senior management and the Board (including committees thereof). The Compensation Committee establishes compensation policies applicable to our executive officers. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Compensation Committee held 11 meetings.

The Board has a Transaction Committee which consists of Messrs. DeWald, Love and Plochocki. The Transaction Committee is responsible for considering and making recommendations to our Board with respect to all proposals involving (i) a change in control of the Company or (ii) the purchase or sale of assets constituting more than 10% of the our total assets. The Transaction Committee is composed entirely of independent directors. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Transaction Committee held five meetings.

Under our Bylaws, if at any time the Chairman of the Board shall be an executive officer of the Company, or for any other reason shall not be an independent director, a non-executive Lead Director (“Lead Director”) shall be selected by the independent directors. The Lead Director shall be one of the independent directors, shall be a member of the Audit Committee and of the Executive Committee, if there is such a committee, and shall be responsible for coordinating the activities of the independent directors. The Lead Director shall assist the Board in assuring compliance with our corporate governance procedures and policies, and shall coordinate, develop the agenda for, and moderate executive sessions of the Board’s independent directors. Such executive sessions shall be held immediately following each regular meeting of the Board, and or at other times as designated by the Lead Director. The Lead Director shall approve, in consultation with the other Independent Directors, the retention of consultants who report directly to the Board. If at any time the Chairman of the Board is one of the independent directors, then he or she shall perform the duties of the Lead Director.



Until the election of directors at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Company’s Director Compensation Program provides as follows:

Directors of the Company who are also employees of the Company are not compensated for their services as directors or committee members. Under the terms of the Company’s Director Compensation Program, all non-employee directors of the Company shall receive a retainer of $24,000 per year, plus a fee of $2,000 per meeting of the Board attended. Directors who serve on a committee of the Board shall receive a fee of $1,000 per committee meeting attended. Board members traveling cross country to attend a Board meeting or committee meeting shall receive an additional fee of $1,000. In addition to the cash remuneration above, each newly elected nonemployee director shall receive 24,000 options to purchase Common Stock of the Company upon election to the Board. Thereafter, each nonemployee director reelected to the Board shall receive 20,000 options to purchase Common Stock of the Company upon each annual reelection date. The options are priced at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, fully vest in three months from the date of grant, and expire seven years from the date of grant.

Effective upon the election of directors at the Company’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Director Compensation Program is amended to provide as follows:

All non-employee directors shall receive a retainer of $30,000 per year plus a fee of $2,000 per meeting of the Board attended. Directors who serve on a committee of the Board shall receive a fee of $1,000 per committee meeting attended. In addition to the cash remuneration above, each newly elected and re-elected nonemployee director shall receive 5,000 options to purchase Common Stock of the Company upon each annual election date. The options shall be priced at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, vest in four equal annual installments from the date of grant (subject to the Vesting Event set forth below), and expire seven years from the date of grant. Such options shall become fully vested at the at the conclusion of such director’s term of service if the director is not re-elected to the Board except where such failure to re-elect the director is the result of (i) a voluntary withdrawal from Board service by such director or (ii) prior removal from the Board for cause under Section 304 of the California Corporations Code (the “Vesting Event”).

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the directors and officers of the Company and any person who owns more than ten percent of our Common Stock are required to report their initial ownership of our Common Stock and any subsequent changes in that ownership to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and Nasdaq. Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all forms they file in accordance with Section 16(a).

Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons that no Forms 5 were required for those persons, the Company believes that, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, all of its officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders complied with all filing requirements applicable to such persons with the exception of Ibrahim Fawzy who did not file a Form 3 on a timely basis concerning a single acquisition of director options, and Ahmed Hussein who did not file a Form 4 on a timely basis concerning a single acquisition of director options. Both Messrs. Fawzy and Hussein subsequently made such filings.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to, among others, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal accounting officer). This Code is posted on our Website located at www. qsii.com. The code of ethics may be found as follows: From our main Web page, first click on “company info” and then on “corporate governance.” We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 10 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code by posting such information on our Website, at the address and location specified above.



ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain compensation information for the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, by the Chief Executive Officer and the other highest paid executive officers of the Company (up to four) serving as such at the end of the 2006 fiscal year whose aggregate total annual salary and bonus for such year exceeded $100,000 (the “Named Executive Officers”).

Summary Compensation Table

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary ($)

 

Bonus ($)

 

Long Term
Compensation
Awards
Securities
Underlying
Options

 

All Other
($)(1)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Louis Silverman

 

 

2006

 

 

 

343,883

 

 

 

 

312,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,341

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and

 

 

2005

 

 

 

289,042

 

 

 

 

144,521

 

 

 

 

85,000

 

 

 

 

2,113

 

 

President

 

 

2004

 

 

 

278,500

 

 

 

 

139,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick Cline President, NextGen

 

 

2006

 

 

 

352,605

 

 

 

 

312,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,724

 

 

Healthcare Information

 

 

2005

 

 

 

299,645

 

 

 

 

280,110

 

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

 

6,529

 

 

Systems Division

 

 

2004

 

 

 

253,900

 

 

 

 

196,500

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory Flynn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President,

 

 

2006

 

 

 

216,333

 

 

 

 

14,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,447

 

 

General Manager of QSI

 

 

2005

 

 

 

202,167

 

 

 

 

20,217

 

 

 

 

38,750

 

 

 

 

4,155

 

 

Division

 

 

2004

 

 

 

187,500

 

 

 

 

18,810

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

4,063

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Holt

 

 

2006

 

 

 

191,154

 

 

 

 

58,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,607

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2005

 

 

 

142,051

 

 

 

 

64,570

 

 

 

 

33,500

 

 

 

 

1,962

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

119,378

 

 

 

 

28,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,479

 

 


(1)

This column reflects amounts attributable to auto allowance and company contributions to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan and/or 401k plan.



Option /SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

The following table provides information with respect to option grants during fiscal 2006 to the Named Executive Officers. No options were granted to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2006. A total of 19,000 options were granted to other Company employees during fiscal year 2006. Non employee directors were granted an aggregate 124,000 options during fiscal year 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)

 

Percent of
Total Options
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal Year (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Realizable Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Price Appreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise or
Base Price
$/Share

 

 

 

 

for Option Term (#)*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration
Date

 


 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5%

 

10%

 


 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis Silverman

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Patrick Cline

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Gregory Flynn

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Paul Holt

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% is assumed pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company cannot provide assurance that the actual stock price will appreciate over the option term at the assumed levels or at any other defined level.

Aggregated Option /SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

The following table provides information on option exercises in fiscal 2006 by the Named Executive Officers and unexercised options held by each of them at the close of such fiscal year. No Named Executive Officer exercised any stock appreciation rights during fiscal 2006 or held any stock appreciation rights at the end of such fiscal year. The value of unexercised in the money options was calculated using the closing share price on the last trading day of the fiscal year ($33.10).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Value of Unexercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying Unexercised

 

In-the-Money Options at

 

 

 

Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)

 

 

 

 

Options at March 31, 2006 (#)

 

Fiscal Year-End ($)

 

 

 

 

Value
Realized ($)

 


 


 

Name

 

 

 

Exercisable

 

Unexercisable

 

Exercisable

 

Unexercisable

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis Silverman

 

 

 

59,936

 

 

$

1,816,369

 

 

 

42,508

 

 

 

 

127,500

 

 

$

585,145

 

$

1,754,719

 

Patrick Cline

 

 

 

79,500

 

 

$

1,632,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205,500

 

 

$

 

$

3,566,899

 

Gregory Flynn

 

 

 

11,912

 

 

$

293,017

 

 

 

12,463

 

 

 

 

68,125

 

 

$

171,522

 

$

1,193,309

 

Paul Holt

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

$

139,592

 

 

 

10,750

 

 

 

 

50,250

 

 

$

147,947

 

$

781,356

 


Compensation of Directors

Until the election of directors at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Company’s Director Compensation Program provides as follows:

Directors of the Company who are also employees of the Company are not compensated for their services as directors or committee members. Under the terms of the Company’s Director Compensation Program, all non-employee directors of the Company shall receive a retainer of $24,000 per year, plus a fee of $2,000 per meeting of the Board attended. Directors who serve on a committee of the Board shall receive a fee of $1,000 per committee meeting attended. Board members traveling cross country to attend a Board meeting or committee meeting shall receive an additional fee of $1,000. In addition to the cash remuneration above, each newly elected nonemployee director shall receive 24,000 options to purchase Common Stock of the



Company upon election to the Board. Thereafter, each nonemployee director reelected to the Board shall receive 20,000 options to purchase Common Stock of the Company upon each annual reelection date. The options are priced at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, fully vest in three months from the date of grant, and expire seven years from the date of grant.

Effective upon the election of directors at the Company’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Director Compensation Program is amended to provide as follows:

All non-employee directors shall receive a retainer of $30,000 per year plus a fee of $2,000 per meeting of the Board attended. Directors who serve on a committee of the Board shall receive a fee of $1,000 per committee meeting attended. In addition to the cash remuneration above, each newly elected and re-elected nonemployee director shall receive 5,000 options to purchase Common Stock of the Company upon each annual election date. The options shall be priced at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, vest in four equal annual installments from the date of grant (subject to the Vesting Event set forth below), and expire seven years from the date of grant. Such options shall become fully vested at the at the conclusion of such director’s term of service if the director is not re-elected to the Board except where such failure to re-elect the director is the result of (i) a voluntary withdrawal from Board service by such director or (ii) prior removal from the Board for cause under Section 304 of the California Corporations Code (the “Vesting Event”).

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements

Mr. Silverman has an Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) with the Company which details the terms of his employment as our Chief Executive Officer. The Agreement granted Mr. Silverman a total of 497,040 options which vested equally over a four year period commencing with the effective date of the Agreement (July 20, 2000) and a total of 239,760 options which vested equally over a four year period commencing one year from the effective date of the Agreement, July 20, 2001. At the time the Agreement was entered into, Mr. Silverman was eligible for a cash bonus of up to 50% of his annual base compensation based on performance goals established jointly between himself and the Board.

All share amounts set forth in this disclosure have been adjusted to give effect to a 2 for 1 stock split payable to shareholders of record as of March 4, 2005 and a 2 for 1 stock split payable to shareholders of record as of March 3, 2006.

Mr. Silverman’s employment may be terminated for any reason by himself or the Company upon 60 days written notice. Should Mr. Silverman terminate his employment due to the Company’s breach of the Agreement he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to six months base compensation; and (ii) immediate vesting of an additional 25% of all granted, but unvested stock options. Should Mr. Silverman’s employment be terminated without cause or by himself for good reason, he will be entitled to (i) unpaid base compensation and vacation earned and accrued through his date of termination plus a lump sum equal to six months base compensation, (ii) any other performance bonus earned and not paid, and (iii) vesting of an additional 25% of all unvested stock options. Should Mr. Silverman’s employment be terminated due to a “change of control” he will be entitled to (i) unpaid base compensation and vacation earned plus a lump sum payment equal to six months base compensation; (ii) any performance bonus earned but not paid; and (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested options. A “change of control” is defined as the earliest occurrence of any of the following events: the direct or indirect sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of 35% of more of the total assets of the Company, the merger or consolidation of the Company with another company with the effect that the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold less than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the surviving company; the replacement of a majority of our Directors without the approval of the Board; the purchase of 25% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company with the exception of the purchase of securities by Ahmed Hussein or Sheldon Razin of shares owned by either Sheldon Razin or Ahmed Hussein. The Agreement also grants immediate vesting of all unvested options should a change of control occur whether or not Mr. Silverman’s employment is terminated.

For options other than those discussed above, the Board, as the administrator of our 1989 Stock Option Plan and 1998 Stock Option Plan, has the discretion to accelerate any outstanding options held by the Named Executive



Officers and employees in the event of an acquisition of the Company by a merger or asset sale in which the outstanding options under each such plan are not to be assumed by the successor corporation or substituted with options to purchase shares of such corporation.

Board Compensation

Information regarding compensation of members of the Board is included above in Part III, Item 10 under the heading “Board of Directors Meetings and Related Matters.”

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No director or executive officer of the Company is known by the Company to serve as an officer, director or member of a compensation committee of any other entity for which an executive officer or director thereof is also a member of our Board.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Beneficial Ownership Table

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of June 1, 2006 by (i) each person known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of our current directors, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers (as defined in this Report), and (iv) all current directors and Named Executive Officers of the Company as a group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Number of Shares
of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned (2)(4)(5)

 

Percent of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned (3)(4)

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Janet Razin and Sheldon Razin

 

 

 

5,176,880

 

 

 

 

19.4

%

 

Ahmed Hussein

 

 

 

4,651,600

 

 

 

 

17.4

%

 

Patrick Cline

 

 

 

115,500

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Louis Silverman

 

 

 

76,908

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Maurice J. DeWald

 

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Vincent J. Love

 

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Steven T. Plochocki

 

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Ibrahim Fawzy

 

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Gregory Flynn

 

 

 

14,995

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Paul Holt

 

 

 

14,950

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

All directors and Named Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officers as a group (10 persons)

 

 

 

10,206,833

 

 

 

 

38.2

%

 


 


*

Less than 1%.

          1. Unless otherwise indicated, the address is c/o Quality Systems, Inc., 18191 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 450, Irvine, California 92612.

          2. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

          3. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 26,711,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 1, 2006. Any securities not outstanding but subject to options exercisable as of June 1, 2006 or exercisable within 60 days after such date are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding Common Stock beneficially owned by the person holding such options but are not deemed to be



outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of Common Stock beneficially owned by any other person.

          4. Includes shares of Common Stock subject to stock options which were exercisable as of June 1, 2006 or exercisable within 60 days after June 1, 2006, and are, respectively, as follows: Mr. Razin, 44,000 shares; Mr. Hussein, 44,000 shares; Mr. Fawzy, 24,000 shares; Mr. Silverman, 42,508 shares; Mr. Cline, 20,000 shares; Mr. Flynn, 12,463 shares; Mr. Holt, 10,750 shares; Mr. DeWald, 44,000 shares; Mr. Love, 44,000 shares; Mr. Plochocki, 44,000 shares; and all directors and Named Executive Officers as a group, 329,721 shares.

          5. All share amounts set forth in this report have been adjusted to give effect to a 2 for 1 stock payable to shareholders of record as of March 4, 2005 and a 2 for 1 stock split payable to shareholders of record as of March 3, 2006.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

          The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under all our equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)

 

Number of Securities
Remaining available for
future under equity
compensation (excluding
securities in column a)
(c)

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders

 

 

 

1,798,372

 

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

 

 

133,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1,798,372

 

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

 

 

133,300

 

 


ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

David Razin, who is Vice President EDI Services of the Company, is the son of Sheldon Razin, Chairman of the Board. David Razin earned $167,322 in salary and bonus during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. Kim Cline, Vice President of Client Services, at our NextGen Healthcare Information System subsidiary, is the sister of Patrick Cline, President of the NextGen Healthcare Information System Division. Kim Cline earned $160,190 in salary and bonus during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING AND FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed to the Company by Grant Thornton, LLP for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit fees

 

$

819,000

 

$

941,000

 

Audit related fees

 

$

 

$

 

Tax fees

 

$

 

$

7,000

 

All other fees

 

$

9,000

 

$

6,000

 



The Audit Committee’s policy is to preapprove all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor, subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit.



PART IV

ITEM 15.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

(1)

Index to Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

n

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

5752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

5853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Consolidated Balance Sheets
March 31, 20062008 and March 31, 20052007

 

5954

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended
March 31, 2006,2008, March 31, 20052007 and March 31, 20042006

 

6055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity — Years Ended
March 31, 2006,2008, March 31, 20052007 and March 31, 20042006

 

6156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended
March 31, 2006,2008, March 31, 20052007 and March 31, 20042006

 

6257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

6358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

The following financial statement schedule for the years ended March 31, 2006,2008, March 31, 20052007 and 2004,2008, read in conjunction with the financial statements of Quality Systems, Inc., is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

7678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or because the information required is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits hereof are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference and filed as a part of this Report.



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

EXHIBITExhibit
NUMBERNumber

EXHIBITDescription



3.1

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California on September 8, 1989, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-00161) filed January 11, 1996.

 

 

 

 

3.13.2

Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1984.

 

 

3.1.1

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

 

 

3.3

 

3.1.2

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 11, 2005.

3.4

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 2,3, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of ourthe registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006.

 

 

 

3.5

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., as amended and restated effective May 25, 2005, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

3.2

3.6

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of the Company as amended and restatedeffective September 20, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.23.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 25, 2006.

3.7

Amended Exhibit A to Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted by the registrant’s Board of ourDirectors on May 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.

3.8

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective May 29, 2008 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2008.

10.1

*

Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

 

 

 

3.3

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1.

10.2

*

 

3.4

TextForm of Sections 2Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Amended and 3 of Article II of the Bylaws of the Company is hereby incorporated By reference to Exhibit 3.2.2 to our Quarterly report on Form 10-QSB for the period Ended December 31, 1996.

3.5

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of the Company, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2.3 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2000.

10.2*

1989 IncentiveRestated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.110.1 to our Registration Statementthe registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form S-8.10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.

 

 

 

 

10.2.1*10.3

*

Form of IncentiveNon-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statementthe registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form S-1.10Q for the quarter ended September 20, 2004.

 

 

 

10.4

*

 

10.2.2*

Form of Non-Qualified2005 Stock Option Agreementand Incentive Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.310.01 to our Registration Statementthe registrant’s Current Report on Form S-1.8-K filed October 5, 2005.

 

 

 

 

10.3*10.5

*

Form of IncentiveNonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statementthe registrant’s Current Report on Form S-1.8-K filed June 5, 2007.

 

 

 

10.6

*

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.



Exhibit
Number

Description



 

10.4*

10.7

*

1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994.

 

 

 

10.8

*

 

10.4.2*

Profit Sharing and Retirement1998 Employee Stock Contribution Plan as amended, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.24.1 to our Annual Reportthe registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994.S-8 (Registration No. 333-63131).

 

 

 

10.9

*

 

10.4.3*

Profit SharingEmployment Agreement dated July 20, 2000 between Quality Systems, Inc. and Retirement Plan, as amended, amendments No. 2 and 3, areLou Silverman is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.310.18 to our Annualthe registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-KSB10-Q for the yearquarter ended March 31, 1996.September 30, 2000.

 

 

 

10.5

Series “A” Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended, dated April 21, 1995 between the Company and Clinitec International, Inc., is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1995.



 

10.10

10.6

Form of Indemnification Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1.

*

 

10.6.1*

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers authorized January 27, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 of ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

 

 

 

10.7

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 16, 1996, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., CII Acquisition Corporation, Clinitec International, Inc. and certain shareholders of Clinitec International, Inc. and certain exhibits are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 17, 1996 and filed May 30, 1996.

10.11

 

 

10.8

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 15, 1997, by and among NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc., MHIS Acquisition Corp., Quality Systems, Inc., and certain shareholders of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 15, 1997 and filed May 29, 1997.

10.9*

1998 Employee Stock Contribution Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8.

10.10*

1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8.

10.10.1*

Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

10.11*

Memorandum of Understanding regarding the April 3, 2000 resignation of Sheldon Razin between Sheldon Razin and Quality Systems, Inc., is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2000.

10.12*

Memorandum of Understanding Relating to Director Nominees is hereby incorporated by reference to Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for our 1999 Shareholder’s Meeting.

10.13*

Employment Agreement dated July 20, 2000 between Quality Systems, Inc. and Lou Silverman is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.

10.14

Lease Agreement between Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated November 15, 2000, commencing February 5, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.

 

 

 

10.12

Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated September 22, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.

 

10.15

10.13

Fifth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated January 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.14

Lease Agreement between Company and Orangewood Business Center Inc. dated April 3, 2000, amended February 22, 2001, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.

 

 

 

 

10.16

Lease Agreement between Company and Craig Development Corporation dated February 20, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.

10.15

 

 

10.17

Sublease Agreement between Company and Infinium Software dated February 22, 2002 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.



10.18

Lease Agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 8, 2002 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.

 

 

 

10.16

Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated February 14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.

 

10.19

10.17

Amended and Restated Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 31, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.18

Lease Agreement between the Company and LakeShore Towers Limited Partnership Phase IV, a California limited partnership, dated September 15, 2004 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of ourthe registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

 

 

10.19

Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated September 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.

 

10.20*

10.20

Office lease between the Company and SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P. dated May 3, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.21

*

Board Service Agreement between the Company and Lou Silverman is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to ourthe registrant’s Current Report of Form 8-K, dated May 31, 2005.



 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

10.21*

Description



10.22

*

Board Service Agreement between the Company and Patrick Cline is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to ourthe registrant’s Current Report of Form 8-K dated May 31, 2005.

 

 

 

10.23

*

 

10.22*

2005 Stock Option and Incentive PlanDirector Compensation Program approved May 25, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit A10.1 to our Schedule 14Athe registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2005.May 30, 2006.

 

 

 

10.24

Settlement Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006 between the registrant and Ahmed Hussein is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2006.

 

10.23

Lease agreement

10.25

*

Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.26

*

Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.27

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub, LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC.**

10.28

Office lease between the Company and Von Karman Michelson CorporationLakeshore Towers Limited Partnership Phase II, a California limited partnership, dated September 6,October 18, 2007.**

10.29

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001.**

10.30First Amendment to Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.**
10.31Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated November 28, 2001.**
10.32Second Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between TM Properties, L.L.C., successor to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.**
10.33Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, and TM Properties, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.**

21     

List of subsidiaries.**

23     

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Grant Thornton LLP **

 

 

 

 

10.2431.1  

Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated September 22, 2005. **

 

 

10.25

Second Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated February 14, 2006. **

21

ListCertification of Subsidiaries. **

23.1

Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants – Grant Thornton LLP. **

31.1

CertificationsPrincipal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002 **

 

 

 

31.2  

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **

 

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **


 

 


*

This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

**

Filed herewith.



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we havethe registrant has duly caused this Reportreport to be signed on ourits behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN

 


 

Louis E. Silverman,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer


Date:

June 8, 2006

Date: June 10, 2008

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Louis E. Silverman and Paul A. Holt, each of them acting individually, as his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney-in-fact and any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date


 


 


/s/ SHELDON RAZIN

Chairman of the Board


Sheldon Razin

June 8, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN.

Director, President and Chief ExecutiveSheldon Razin

 

 

May 29, 2008


 

Officer (Principal Executive

 

 

Louis E. SilvermanSheldon Razin

 

Officer)/Chairman of the Board and Director

 

June 8, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ PATRICK CLINELouis E. Silverman

 

Director, President NextGen Healthcareand Chief Executive Officer

 

May 29, 2008


 

Information Systems Division

June 8, 2006

Patrick Cline(Principal Executive Officer) and

 

 

Louis E. Silverman

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ PAUL HOLTPaul A. Holt

 

Secretary and Chief Financial Officer (Principal

 

May 29, 2008


 

(Principal Financial Officer) and Secretary

 

June 8, 2006

Paul A. Holt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ MAURICE DEWALDPatrick B. Cline

 

DirectorPresident, NextGen Healthcare Information

 

June 8, 2006May 29, 2008


Patrick B. Cline

 

Systems Division, and Director

 

 

Maurice DeWald

 

 

 

 

 


Ibrahim Fawzy

 

Director

 

Ibrahim Fawzy

 

 

 

 

/s/ Edwin Hoffman

May 29, 2008


Edwin Hoffman

Director


Ahmed Hussein

Director

/s/ Vincent J. Love

May 29, 2008


Vincent J. Love

Director



 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date


 


 


 

 

 

 

 


Director

Ahmed Hussein/s/ Russell Pflueger

 

 

May 29, 2008


Russell Pflueger

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ VINCENT LOVE

Director

June 8, 2006


Vincent LoveSteven T. Plochocki

 

 

 

/s/ STEVEN PLOCHOCKI

Director

June 8, 2006May 29, 2008


 

 

 

 

Steven T. Plochocki

 

Director

 

 



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders


Quality Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 20062008 and 2005,2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006.2008. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement Schedule II listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 20062008 and 20052007 and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 20062008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements take as a whole. Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, Also in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respectsthe related financial statement Schedule II, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taketaken as a whole.whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based compensation as a result of adopting Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”, effective April 1, 2006.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Quality Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2006,2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 2, 2006,5, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP(typed)

Irvine, California


June 2, 2006

5, 2008



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Board of Directors and Shareholders


Quality Systems, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Quality Systems, Inc. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Quality Systems, Inc. maintained effective’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2006,2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issues issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Quality Systems, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.reporting, included in the accompanying Quality Systems, Inc. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’sQuality Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment,assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Quality Systems, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, Quality Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2006,2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 20062008 and 2005,2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006,2008, and our report dated June 2, 20065, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP(typed)

Irvine, California


June 2, 2006

5, 2008



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MARCH 31,
2006

 

MARCH 31,
2005

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

57,225

 

$

51,157

 

 

$

59,046

 

$

60,028

 

Marketable securities

 

2,500

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

44,665

 

33,362

 

 

76,585

 

63,945

 

Inventories, net

 

561

 

960

 

 

1,024

 

1,175

 

Income tax receivable

 

1,195

 

15

 

Net current deferred tax assets

 

1,824

 

1,796

 

 

6,397

 

3,443

 

Other current assets

 

2,912

 

1,677

 

 

4,596

 

4,507

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total current assets

 

108,382

 

88,967

 

 

150,148

 

133,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable securities

 

20,124

 

 

Equipment and improvements, net

 

3,739

 

2,697

 

 

4,773

 

5,029

 

Capitalized software costs, net

 

5,171

 

4,334

 

 

8,852

 

6,982

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

1,157

 

 

 

 

1,180

 

Goodwill

 

1,840

 

1,840

 

 

1,840

 

1,840

 

Other

 

1,958

 

1,604

 

Other assets

 

2,171

 

2,552

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total assets

 

$

122,247

 

$

99,442

 

 

$

187,908

 

$

150,681

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

2,934

 

$

2,284

 

 

$

4,685

 

$

5,246

 

Deferred revenue

 

34,422

 

24,115

 

 

44,389

 

38,774

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

5,490

 

3,436

 

 

8,346

 

6,521

 

Income taxes payable

 

1,541

 

315

 

Dividends payable

 

6,861

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

3,812

 

4,021

 

 

4,394

 

5,626

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total current liabilities

 

46,658

 

33,856

 

 

70,216

 

56,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, net of current

 

1,494

 

1,362

 

 

506

 

674

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

 

291

 

 

1,575

 

 

Deferred compensation

 

1,686

 

1,202

 

 

1,906

 

2,279

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total liabilities

 

49,838

 

36,711

 

 

74,203

 

59,435

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued and outstanding 26,711 and 26,222 shares at March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, respectively

 

267

 

262

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

$0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued and outstanding 27,448 and 27,123 shares at March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively

 

274

 

271

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

53,675

 

44,368

 

 

75,556

 

65,666

 

Retained earnings

 

19,151

 

19,213

 

 

38,071

 

25,309

 

Deferred compensation

 

(684

)

 

(1,112

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(196

)

 

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

72,409

 

62,731

 

 

113,705

 

91,246

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

122,247

 

$

99,442

 

 

$

187,908

 

$

150,681

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

The accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these consolidated statements.



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

MARCH 31,
2006

 

MARCH 31,
2005

 

MARCH 31,
2004

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

$

54,938

 

$

39,672

 

$

32,632

 

 

$

76,363

 

$

68,871

 

$

54,938

 

Implementation and training services

 

11,293

 

8,856

 

6,893

 

 

13,406

 

12,177

 

11,293

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

System sales

 

66,231

 

48,528

 

39,525

 

 

89,769

 

81,048

 

66,231

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance and other services

 

39,800

 

29,945

 

23,117

 

Maintenance

 

56,455

 

41,948

 

31,124

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

13,256

 

10,488

 

8,292

 

 

22,450

 

17,049

 

13,256

 

Other services

 

17,826

 

17,120

 

8,676

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Maintenance, EDI and other services

 

53,056

 

40,433

 

31,409

 

 

96,731

 

76,117

 

53,056

 

 


 


 


 

 

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Total revenue

 

119,287

 

88,961

 

70,934

 

 

186,500

 

157,165

 

119,287

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

8,148

 

7,525

 

8,141

 

 

10,887

 

8,453

 

8,148

 

Implementation and training services

 

8,088

 

6,300

 

5,197

 

 

10,341

 

8,535

 

8,088

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Total cost of system sales

 

16,236

 

13,825

 

13,338

 

 

21,228

 

16,988

 

16,236

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

12,446

 

11,834

 

9,330

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

15,776

 

12,181

 

8,569

 

Other services

 

13,051

 

9,781

 

5,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Maintenance and other services

 

15,023

 

12,120

 

10,313

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

8,569

 

6,724

 

5,022

 

Total cost of maintenance and other services

 

41,273

 

33,796

 

23,592

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Total cost of maintenance, EDI and other services

 

23,592

 

18,844

 

15,335

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

39,828

 

32,669

 

28,673

 

 

62,501

 

50,784

 

39,828

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross profit

 

79,459

 

56,292

 

42,261

 

 

123,999

 

106,381

 

79,459

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

35,554

 

24,776

 

19,482

 

 

53,260

 

45,337

 

35,554

 

Research and development costs

 

8,087

 

6,903

 

6,139

 

 

11,350

 

10,166

 

8,087

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Total operating expenses

 

43,641

 

31,679

 

25,621

 

 

64,610

 

55,503

 

43,641

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

35,818

 

24,613

 

16,640

 

 

59,389

 

50,878

 

35,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

2,108

 

876

 

386

 

 

2,661

 

3,306

 

2,108

 

 


 


 


 

Other income

 

953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

37,926

 

25,489

 

17,026

 

 

63,003

 

54,184

 

37,926

 

Provision for income taxes

 

14,604

 

9,380

 

6,626

 

 

22,925

 

20,952

 

14,604

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

23,322

 

$

16,109

 

$

10,400

 

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.42

 

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.24

 

$

0.88

 

 


 


 


 

Diluted

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.21

 

$

0.85

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

26,413

 

25,744

 

24,872

 

 

27,298

 

26,882

 

26,413

 

 


 


 


 

Diluted

 

27,356

 

26,406

 

25,932

 

 

27,770

 

27,550

 

27,356

 

 


 


 


 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

1.00

 

$

1.00

 

$

0.875

 

The accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these consolidated statements.



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

APIC

 

Retained Earnings

 

Deferred
Compensation

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

Common Stock

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

 















 


 

Retained
Earnings

 

Deferred
Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

APIC

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance, March 31, 2003

 

24,608

 

$

246

 

$

34,937

 

$

12,350

 

$

 

$

47,533

 

Exercise of stock options

 

692

 

8

 

1,300

 

 

 

1,308

 

Tax benefit resulting from stock options

 

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

1,454

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

1,853

 

 

(1,543

)

 

310

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

10,400

 

 

10,400

 

 


 

 

Balance, March 31, 2004

 

25,300

 

254

 

39,544

 

22,750

 

(1,543

)

 

61,005

 

Exercise of stock options

 

922

 

8

 

2,144

 

 

 

2,152

 

Tax benefit resulting from stock options

 

 

 

2,680

 

 

 

2,680

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

431

 

431

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

(19,646

)

 

 

(19,646

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

16,109

 

 

16,109

 

 


 

 

 















Balance, March 31, 2005

 

26,222

 

262

 

44,368

 

19,213

 

(1,112

)

 

62,731

 

 

26,222

 

$

262

 

$

44,368

 

$

19,213

 

$

(1,112

)

$

 

$

62,731

 

Exercise of stock options

 

489

 

5

 

4,476

 

 

 

4,481

 

 

489

 

5

 

4,476

 

 

 

 

4,481

 

Tax benefit resulting from stock options

 

 

 

4,831

 

 

 

4,831

 

Tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

4,831

 

 

 

 

4,831

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

428

 

428

 

 

 

 

 

 

428

 

 

428

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

(23,384

)

 

 

(23,384

)

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(23,384

)

 

 

 

(23,384

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

23,322

 

 

23,322

 

 

 

 

 

23,322

 

 

 

23,322

 

 


 

 

 


Balance, March 31, 2006

 

26,711

 

$

267

 

$

53,675

 

$

19,151

 

$

(684

)

$

72,409

 

 

26,711

 

267

 

53,675

 

19,151

 

(684

)

 

 

72,409

 

 


Reclass of deferred compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123R

 

 

 

(684

)

 

 

684

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

412

 

4

 

6,058

 

 

 

 

6,062

 

Tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

2,694

 

 

 

 

2,694

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

3,923

 

 

 

 

3,923

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(27,074

)

 

 

 

(27,074

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

33,232

 

 

 

33,232

 

 


Balance, March 31, 2007

 

27,123

 

271

 

65,666

 

25,309

 

 

 

91,246

 

Exercise of stock options

 

325

 

3

 

4,757

 

 

 

 

4,760

 

Tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

1,376

 

 

 

 

1,376

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

3,757

 

 

 

 

3,757

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(27,316

)

 

 

 

(27,316

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

40,078

 

 

 

40,078

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

(196

)

 

(196

)

 


Balance, March 31, 2008

 

27,448

 

$

274

 

$

75,556

 

$

38,071

 

$

 

$

(196

)

$

113,705

 

 


The accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these consolidated statements.



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

MARCH 31,
2006

 

MARCH 31,
2005

 

MARCH 31,
2004

 

 


 

 


 


 


 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

March 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

23,322

 

$

16,109

 

$

10,400

 

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

1,368

 

1,012

 

836

 

 

2,369

 

1,950

 

1,368

 

Amortization of capitalized software costs

 

2,460

 

1,952

 

1,490

 

 

4,149

 

3,231

 

2,460

 

Gain on life insurance proceeds, net

 

(755

)

 

 

 

Provision for bad debts

 

1,181

 

797

 

647

 

 

1,171

 

1,480

 

1,181

 

Provision for inventory obsolescence

 

158

 

160

 

54

 

Non-cash compensation from stock option exercises

 

428

 

431

 

310

 

Provision for inventory obsolescense

 

52

 

35

 

179

 

Non-cash stock-based compensation

 

3,757

 

3,923

 

428

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(199

)

 

(1,642

)

 

(1,476

)

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

4,831

 

2,680

 

1,454

 

 

1,376

 

2,694

 

4,831

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

(1,476

)

 

2,578

 

(235

)

Change in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

 

(1,311

)

 

(2,527

)

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(12,484

)

 

(13,879

)

 

(3,400

)

 

(13,811

)

 

(20,760

)

 

(12,484

)

Inventories

 

241

 

(395

)

 

(112

)

 

99

 

(649

)

 

220

 

Income tax receivable

 

(1,180

)

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

1,195

 

(1,180

)

Other current assets

 

(1,235

)

 

(184

)

 

627

 

 

(89

)

 

(1,595

)

 

(1,235

)

Other assets

 

(354

)

 

(362

)

 

(373

)

 

381

 

(594

)

 

(354

)

Accounts payable

 

650

 

629

 

(822

)

 

(561

)

 

2,312

 

650

 

Deferred revenue

 

10,439

 

8,214

 

5,564

 

 

5,447

 

3,532

 

10,439

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

2,054

 

826

 

248

 

 

1,825

 

1,031

 

2,054

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

(273

)

 

273

 

 

1,226

 

315

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

(209

)

 

1,162

 

8

 

 

(1,232

)

 

1,814

 

(209

)

Deferred compensation

 

484

 

189

 

334

 

 

(373

)

 

593

 

484

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

30,678

 

21,631

 

17,303

 

 

43,599

 

29,570

 

30,678

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to capitalized software costs

 

(3,297

)

 

(2,678

)

 

(2,587

)

 

(6,019

)

 

(5,042

)

 

(3,297

)

Additions to equipment and improvements

 

(2,410

)

 

(1,697

)

 

(1,072

)

 

(2,113

)

 

(3,240

)

 

(2,410

)

Purchases of marketable securities

 

91,825

 

 

 

Sales of marketable securities

 

(114,645

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from life insurance policy, net

 

755

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(5,707

)

 

(4,375

)

 

(3,659

)

 

(30,197

)

 

(8,282

)

 

(5,707

)

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(23,384

)

 

(19,646

)

 

 

 

(20,455

)

 

(27,074

)

 

(23,384

)

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

 

1,311

 

2,527

 

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

4,481

 

2,152

 

1,308

 

 

4,760

 

6,062

 

4,481

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(18,903

)

 

(17,494

)

 

1,308

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(14,384

)

 

(18,485

)

 

(18,903

)

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(982

)

 

2,803

 

6,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

6,068

 

(238

)

 

14,952

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

60,028

 

57,225

 

51,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

51,157

 

51,395

 

36,443

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

59,046

 

$

60,028

 

$

57,225

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

20,546

 

$

18,360

 

$

11,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

57,225

 

$

51,157

 

$

51,395

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

$

(326

)

$

 

$

 

 


 


 


 

 


 


 


 

Dividends declared and accrued

 

$

6,861

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

11,022

 

$

4,541

 

$

4,716

 

 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these consolidated statements.



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 20062008 and 20052007
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)DOLLAR AND SHARE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

1. Description of Business

Quality Systems, Inc., comprised of the QSI Division (QSI Division) and a wholly ownedwholly-owned subsidiary, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (NextGen Division) (collectively, the Company), develops and markets proprietary healthcare information systems for a wide range of entities including medical and dental group practices, community health centers, physician hospital organizations, management service organizations, and dental schools. The Company’s software systems include general patient information, appointment scheduling, billing, insurance claims submission and processing, managed care plan implementation and referral management, treatment outcome studies, treatment planning, drug formularies, electronic patient records, dental charting and letter generation. In addition to providing fully integrated solutions, the Company offers its clients comprehensive hardware and software maintenance and support services, system training services and EDIElectronic Data Interchange (EDI) services which provide a variety of connectivity services to and between patients, providers and payors. The Company’s principal administrative, accounting and QSI Division operations are located in Irvine, California. The principal office of the NextGen Division is located in Horsham, Pennsylvania.

On January 31, 2006, the Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. The stock split record date was March 3, 2006 and the stock began trading post split on March 27, 2006. On February 2, 2005, the Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. The stock split record date was March 4, 2005 and the stock began trading post split on March 28, 2005.

References to share and per share data contained in the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split.splits.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly ownedwholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

References to dollar amounts in thesethe consolidated financial statement sections are in thousands, except share and per share data, unless otherwise specified. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with fiscal year 2006 presentation.

Revenue recognitionRecognition. The Company currently recognizes revenue pursuant to Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (SOP 97-2), as amended by Statement of Position No. 98-9 “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition” (SOP 98-9). The Company generates revenue from the sale of licensing rights to its software products directly to end-users and value-added resellers (VARs). The Company also generates revenue from sales of hardware and third party software, implementation, training, software customization, Electronic Data Interchange (EDI),EDI, post-contract support (maintenance) and other services performed for customers who license its products.

A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. SOP 97-2. as amended by SOP 98-9 requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). The Company limits its assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the same element is sold separately (using a rolling average of stand alone transactions) or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed atquarterly or annually depending on the endnature of each quarter.the product or service.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a transaction, then discounts for individual elements are aggregated and the total discount is allocated to the individual elements in proportion to the elements’ fair value relative to the total contract fair value.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for under SOP 98-9, is used. Under the residual method, the Company defers revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the



undelivered elements, and allocates the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered elements. Undelivered elements of a system sale may include implementation and training services, hardware and third party software, maintenance, future purchase discounts, or other services. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not



exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

The Company bills for the entire contract amount upon contract execution.execution except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are performed or in accordance with contractually specified payment dates.

Provided the fees are fixed and determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party software is generally recognized upon shipment and transfer of title. In certain transactions where collectioncollections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of the Company’s arrangements must include the following characteristics:

§

The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, and generally be based on the specific volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users.

§

Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed and determinable.

Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period.

Contract accounting is applied where services include significant software modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1 “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” (SOP 81-1). Pursuant to SOP 81-1, the Company uses the percentage of completion method provided all of the following conditions exist:

 

 

§

the contract includes provisions that clearly specify the enforceable rights regarding goods or services to be provided and received by the parties, the consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement;

 

 

§

the customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract;

 

 

§

the Company can be expected to perform its contractual obligations; and

 

 

§

reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made.

The Company measures completion using labor input hours. Costs of providing services, including services accounted for in accordance with SOP 81-1, are expensed as incurred.

If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that the financial statements would not vary materially from using the percentage-of-completion method or in which the Company is unable to make reliable estimates of progress of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.

Individual product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists” (SFAS 48). The Company also ensures that the other criteria in SFAS 48 have been met prior to recognition of revenue:

§

the price is fixed or determinable;

§

the customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the obligation or the payment;

§

the customer’s obligation would not change in the event of theft or damage to the product;

§

the customer has economic substance;

§

the amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and

§

the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring about resale of the product by the customer.

The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the Company is able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If the Company is



unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire.

Revenue related to sales arrangements which include the right to use software stored on the Company’s hardware is accounted for under the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (EITF) No. 00-3 “Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to arrangements that include the right to use software stored on another entity’s hardware”. EITF No. 00-3 requires that for software licenses and related implementation services to continue to fall under SOP No. 97-2, the customer must have the contractual right to take possession of the software without incurring a significant penalty and it must be feasible for the customer to either host the software themselves or through another third party. If an arrangement is not deemed to be accounted for under SOP 97-2, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21 “Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables”. In that instance, the entire arrangement would be recognized as the hosting services are being performed.

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and services as part of its sales arrangements. Pursuant to AICPA TPA 5100.51,5100.50, such discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, which are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated as an additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

Revenue is divided into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, follow on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees and other revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash, money market funds and short termshort-term U.S. TreasuriesTreasury securities with original maturities of less than 90 days. The money market fund in which the Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment grade money market instruments from a variety of industries, and therefore bears minimalrelatively low market risk. The average maturity of the investments heldowned by the money market fund is approximately two months.

Accounts ReceivableMarketable securities. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and accordingly are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity titled accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. Factors considered in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration of the impairment; and whether the Company has the ability to hold the investment to maturity. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.

The Company’s investments at March 31, 2008 are in tax exempt municipal Auction Rate Securities (ARS) which are classified as either current or non-current marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the liquidity and timing of expected realization of such securities. A small portion of the Company’s portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which invest in tax exempt municipal auction rate securities. These instruments are known as auction rate preferred securities (ARPS). The ARS are rated by one or more national rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days. Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there are insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auction. A failed auction does not result in a default of the debt instrument. The securities will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities or the securities mature.



In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed auctions on its ARS and auction rate preferred securities. To determine their estimated fair values at March 31, 2008, factors including credit quality, assumptions about the likelihood of redemption, observable market data such as yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds or other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers were considered. Based on this analysis, a temporary impairment loss of $196, net of income tax benefit, was recorded to accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying financial statements as of March 31, 2008. If the Company sells any of the ARS, prior to maturity, at an amount below original purchase value, or if it becomes probable that the Company will not receive 100% of the principal and interest from the issuer of any ARS, the Company will be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge against net income.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company provides credit terms which typically rangeranging from thirty days to less than twelve months for most system and maintenance contract sales and generally does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on ourthe Company’s historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of ourthe Company’s accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenuerevenues and specifically reserved accounts. Accounts are written off as uncollectible only after the Company has expended extensive collection efforts.

Included in accounts receivable are amounts related to maintenance and services which were billed, but which had not yet been rendered as of the end of the fiscal year.period. Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the balance sheetaccompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in deferred revenue.revenue (see also Note 6).

Inventories. Inventories consist of hardware for specific customer orders and spare parts, and are valued at lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Management provides a reserve to reduce inventory to its net realizable value.

Equipment and Improvements. Equipment and improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements are



provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line method. Useful lives range as follows:

 

 

§

Computers and electronic test equipment

3-5 years

§

Furniture and fixtures

5-7 years

Leasehold improvements§

Leasehold improvements                                              lesser of lease term or estimated useful life of asset

Software Development Costs. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established, any additional development costs are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed” (SFAS 86). Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight linestraight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product of three years. The Company provides support services on the current and prior two versions of its software. Management performs an annual review of the estimated economic life and the recoverability of such capitalized software costs. At the timeIf a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142). This statement applies to the amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets. The balance of goodwill is related to the NextGen Division. Under SFAS 142, management is required to perform an annual assessment of the implied fair value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment. The Company compared the fair value of the NextGen Division with the carrying amount of its assets and determined that none of the goodwill recorded was impaired as of June 30, 20052007 (the date of the Company’s last annual impairment test). The fair value of the NextGen Division was determined using an estimate of future cash flows for the NextGen Division over ten years and risk adjusted discount rates of between 15 and 25 percent to compute a net present value of future cash flows.

Long LivedLong-Lived Assets. The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (SFAS 144). Management periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not



impairment to such value has occurred and has determined that there was no impairment at March 31, 2006.2008.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided forbased on current taxable income and the future tax effectsconsequences of transactions reported in the financial statements and consists of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future state and federal tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also are recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income and tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. Valuation allowancesAt each reporting period, management assesses the realizable value of deferred tax assets based on, among other things, estimates of future taxable income, and adjusts the related valuation allowance as necessary. In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an enterprise’s tax return. Management makes a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the appropriate amount of expense to record for income taxes. These assumptions and estimates consider the taxing jurisdiction in which the Company operates as well as current tax regulations. Accruals are established asfor estimates of tax effects for certain transactions and future projected profitability of the Company’s businesses based on management’s interpretation of existing facts and circumstances. The Company adopted FIN 48 effective April 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 did not have a reduction of net deferred income tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not thatmaterial impact on the deferred assets will not be realized.Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 8.

Advertising Costs. Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company does not have any direct-response advertising. Advertising costs, which includes trade shows and conventions, were approximately $1,915, $1,251$2,580, $2,159 and $1,262$1,915 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004,2006, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of income.Income.

Marketing Assistance Agreements. The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with certain existing users of the Company’s products which provide the opportunity for those users to earn commissions if and only if they host specific site visits upon our request for prospective customers which directly result in a purchase of our software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.

Other Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income includes all changes in which commissionable software has been recognizedShareholders’ Equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, consist of unrealized losses on marketable securities of $(196) as revenue.of March 31, 2008. There were no other comprehensive income items for the year ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax

 

 

(196

)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Comprehensive income

 

$

39,882

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

 

 



 



 



 

Earnings per Share. Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (SFAS 128), the Company provides dual presentation of “basic” and “diluted” earnings per share (EPS).

Basic EPS excludes dilution from common stock equivalents and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution from common stock equivalents.

The following table reconciles the weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income per share for the periods presented.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 

Basic net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

23,322

 

$

16,109

 

$

10,400

 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

 

 

26,413

 

 

25,744

 

 

24,872

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income per share

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.42

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

 

 

26,413

 

 

25,744

 

 

24,872

 

Weighted average of common equivalents shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average options outstanding

 

 

943

 

 

662

 

 

1,060

 

 

 



 



 



 

Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares

 

 

27,356

 

 

26,406

 

 

25,932

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income per share

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.40

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

Basic net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

 

 

27,298

 

 

26,882

 

 

26,413

 

 

 



 



 



 

Basic net income per common share

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.24

 

$

0.88

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,078

 

$

33,232

 

$

23,322

 

Diluted net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

 

 

27,298

 

 

26,882

 

 

26,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities (options)

 

 

472

 

 

668

 

 

943

 

 

 



 



 



 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

27,770

 

 

27,550

 

 

27,356

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted net income per common share

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.21

 

$

0.85

 

 

 



 



 



 

The computation of diluted net income per share does not include 279,752, 92,500 and 124,000 options for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.

Stock-BasedShare-Based Compensation. TheOn April 1, 2006, the Company accountsadopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for stock-based employee compensation as prescribed byall share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123R supersedes the Company’s previous accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB No. 25), and has.

The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the disclosure provisionsmodified prospective transition method, which requires the application of Statementthe accounting standard as of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure” (SFAS 148) that supersedes StatementApril 1, 2006, the first day of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123). SFAS 148 requires pro forma disclosuresthe Company’s fiscal year 2007. The Company’s Consolidated Statements of net income and net income per share as if the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based awards had been applied for employee grants. SFAS 148 also requires disclosure of option status on a more prominent and frequent basis. Such disclosureIncome for the years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008 and 2004 is2007 reflect the impact of SFAS 123R. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123R. Share-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123R for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 was $3,757 and $3,923, respectively, which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to employee and director stock options and included $430 expensed under APB 25 for “in the money” options issued prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R. Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation are presented immediately below.as cash outflows from operating activities and cash inflows from financing activities. The Company accountshas elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in FASB Staff Position No. SFAS 123R-3 (FSP 123(R)-3) for stock options grantedcalculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to employeesSFAS 123R. The alternative transition method includes a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital (APIC pool) related to the tax effects of employee and board members baseddirector stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the intrinsicAPIC pool and the consolidated statement of cash flows of the tax effects of employee and director share-based awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R.

SFAS 123R requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized ratably as expense over the requisite service period in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company applied the intrinsic-value-based method asof accounting prescribed by APB No. 25.25 to account for its fixed-plan stock options. Under this method, compensation expense was recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. As previously allowed under SFAS 123, the Company only adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123, which established a fair-value-based method of accounting for share-based employee compensation plans. The following is a reconciliation of reported net earnings to adjusted net earnings had the Company accounts for stock options and warrants issued to non-employeesrecorded compensation expense based on the fair value method. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is recorded based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized overfor its stock options under SFAS 123 for the service period.

The Company’s fair value calculations for options granted during fiscal year 2006 andended March 31, 2006.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Reported net earnings

 

$

23,322

 

Add: Option compensation expense, net of tax

 

 

262

 

Less: Share-based compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards

 

 

(3,280

)

 

 



 

Pro forma net earnings

 

$

20,304

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

$

0.88

 

 

 



 

Pro forma

 

$

0.77

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

$

0.85

 

 

 



 

Pro forma

 

$

0.74

 

 

 



 

In arriving at the February 11, 2005 options were made usingstock-based compensation expense reported in the table above, the Company utilized the Black-Scholes option pricingvaluation model for estimating fair value with the following assumptions: expected life – approximately 48 - 57 months from the date of the grant; stock volatility – 47.7%47.7 – 57.0%, risk free interest rate of 3.0 - 3.7% and no dividends during the expected term. For stock options issued subsequent to March 31, 2006, the Company used the simplified method for estimating expected term, which derives a term equal to the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual term as allowed by SAB 107. Prior to using the simplified method, the Company estimated the expected life of an option. The Company estimates volatility by using the weighted average historical volatility of the Company’s common stock which the Company believes approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected life input to the Black Scholes model. Although the Company announced a one-time $0.75 per share dividend on January 31, 2005, no commitment to any future dividends was made at the time the dividend was announced and no commitment to any future dividends existed at the timestime when the February 11, 2005 options were granted. The Company had not paid a dividend to its shareholders prior to the one-time dividend announced on January 31, 2005. On January 31, 2006, the Company announced a one-time dividend of $0.875 per share. This dividend was announced subsequent to the options granted in fiscal year 2006 and was not considered in the fair value calculations.calculations of such options. Therefore, management believes that using a zero dividend rate in the valuation of the stock options granted during fiscal year 2006 iswas appropriate. The above pro forma disclosure was not presented for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 because stock-based compensation has been accounted under SFAS 123R for these years.

The Company’s fair value calculationsfollowing table shows total stock-based employee compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statement of Income for options granted in fiscal years ended 2005March 31, 2008 and 2004,2007, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2008

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

496

 

$

524

 

Research and development

 

 

800

 

 

870

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

2,461

 

 

2,529

 

 

 



 



 

Total share-based compensation

 

$

3,757

 

$

3,923

 

Amounts capitalized in software development costs

 

 

(39

)

 

(38

)

 

 



 



 

Amounts charged against earnings, before income tax benefit

 

$

3,718

 

$

3,885

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of related income tax benefit recognized in earnings

 

$

969

 

$

910

 

 

 



 



 

Sales Taxes. In accordance with the exceptionguidance of EITF Issue No. 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the grantIncome Statement” (EITF 06-3), the Company accounts for sales taxes imposed on February 11, 2005, were made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected life – approximately 48 months from the date of the grant; stock volatility – 55 to 57%, risk free interest rate of 3.0%;its goods and no dividends during the expected term.

The Company’s calculations are basedservices on a single option valuation approach and forfeitures are recognized as they occur. Ifnet basis in the computed fair valuesconsolidated statement of awards had been amortized to expense over the vesting period of the awards, pro forma net income and net income per share would have been as follows:operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year End March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 











 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

23,322

 

$

16,109

 

$

10,400

 

Add: Option compensation expense, net of tax

 

 

262

 

 

272

 

 

189

 

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method, net of related tax effects

 

 

(3,280

)

 

(1,483

)

 

(414

)

 

 



 



 



 

Pro forma net income

 

$

20,304

 

$

14,898

 

$

10,175

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic, as reported

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.42

 

 

 



 



 



 

Basic, pro forma

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.58

 

$

0.41

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted, as reported

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.40

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted, pro forma

 

$

0.74

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.39

 

 

 



 



 



 

Fair market value of option awards granted during period

 

$

2,178

 

$

12,707

 

$

2,078

 

 

 



 



 



 



Had the Company used a different methodology to value its options, such as the binomial model, a different valuation may have been determined which may have changed the proforma expense.

Segment Disclosures. The Company presents reporting information regarding operating segments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (SFAS 131). Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible receivables, vendor specific objective evidence, valuation of marketable securities, and income taxes and related credits and deductions. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

New Accounting Pronouncements.Pronouncements. In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” (SFAS 154). SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 154 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In December 2004,2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (SFAS 123R)162).SFAS No. 162 defines the order in which accounting principles that are generally accepted should be followed. SFAS No. 162 is a revisioneffective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 123No. 162 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”.Statement 123R supersedes APB 25 The position amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and amendsOther Intangible Assets”. The position applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of FSP 142-3 on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95141 (Revised 2007),“Statement of Cash Flows” “Business Combinations” (SFAS 95)141R). SFAS 123R requires141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all share-based payments to employees, including grantsbusiness combinations. SFAS 141(R) defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of employee stock options, to be recognizedone or more businesses in the income statement based onbusiness combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. In addition, SFAS 141(R) requires expensing of acquisition-related and restructure-related costs, remeasurement of earn out provisions at fair value, measurement of equity securities issued for purchase at the pro forma disclosure alternativedate of close of the transaction and non-expensing of in-process research and development related intangibles. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is no longer allowable under Statement 123R. Subsequently, in April 2005,on or after the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) changed the effective date from the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005 toof the first annual reporting period beginning on or after JuneDecember 15, 2005. SFAS 123R2008. An entity may not apply it before that date. This pronouncement will be applicable toapplied by the Company when it becomes effective and when or if the Company effectuates a business combination, otherwise there is no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of SFAS No. 115”, (SFAS 159) which applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. This Statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. This Statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of FASB Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. The Company plans to adopt SFAS 159 effective April 1, 2006,2008 and is in the Company intends to adoptprocess of determining the standard using the “modified prospective” method. The “modified prospective” method requires compensation costs to be recognized, beginning with the effective date of adoption, for a) all share-based payments granted after the effective date and b) awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of the statement that remain unvested on the effective date. As permitted by SFAS 123 we have historically accounted for share-based payments to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed in APB No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and as such, generally have recognized no compensation cost for employee equity incentives. Accordingly,effect, if any, the adoption of SFAS 123R159 will have anon its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently



evaluating the impact, on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall liquidity. The impact ofif any, the adoption of SFAS 123Rthis standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Cash and Cash Equivalents

At March 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $59,046 and $60,028, respectively, invested in both a major national brokerage firm’s institutional fund that specializes in U.S. government securities and commercial paper with high credit ratings, and short-term U.S. treasury securities.

Interest income related to cash and cash equivalents for currently outstanding but unvested optionseach of the three years ended March 31 is approximately $7,867 based onas follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2008

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2007

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

1,444

 

$

3,306

 

$

2,108

 

 

 



 



 



 

4. Marketable Securities

At March 31, 2008, the cost and estimated fair values usedof the Company’s marketable securities in ARS were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value/
Carrying
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auction rate securities

 

$

2,500

 

$

 

$

(50

)

$

2,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auction rate securities

 

 

20,450

 

 

 

 

(276

)

 

20,174

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

 

$

22,950

 

$

 

$

(326

)

$

22,624

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

At March 31, 2007, the Company did not have investments in marketable securities.

Interest income related to preparemarketable securities for each of the proforma information above. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reportedthree years ended March 31 is as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current requirements. This requirement may reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.follows:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2008

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2007

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

1,217

 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 



 

3.5. Intangible Assets – Capitalized Software Costs

As of March 31, 20062008 and 2005,2007, the Company had the following amounts related to intangible assets with definite lives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 



(in thousands)

 

2006

 

2005

 









Capitalized software development (3 yrs):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carry amount

 

$

16,584

 

$

13,287

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(11,413

)

 

(8,953

)

 

 







Net capitalization software development

 

$

5,171

 

$

4,334

 

 

 







Aggregate amortization expense during year ended March 31

 

$

2,460

 

$

1,952

 

 

 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

27,645

 

$

21,626

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(18,793

)

 

(14,644

)

 

 



 



 

Net capitalized software development

 

$

8,852

 

$

6,982

 

 

 



 



 

Aggregate amortization expense during the year

 

$

4,149

 

$

3,231

 

 

 



 



 

InformationActivity related to net capitalized software costs for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 



(in thousands)

 

2006

 

2005

 









Beginning of year

 

$

4,334

 

$

3,608

 

Capitalization

 

 

3,297

 

 

2,678

 

Amortization

 

 

(2,460

)

 

(1,952

)

 

 







End of year

 

$

5,171

 

$

4,334

 

 

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 

 


 


 

Beginning of the year

 

$

6,982

 

$

5,171

 

Capitalization

 

 

6,019

 

 

5,042

 

Amortization

 

 

(4,149

)

 

(3,231

)

 

 



 



 

End of the year

 

$

8,852

 

$

6,982

 

 

 



 



 

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of intangible assets with determinable lives as of March 31, 2006 (in thousands):2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ending March 31,

 

 

 

 


 

2007

 

$

2,673

 

2008

 

1,803

 

2009

 

695

 

 

$

4,381

 

2010

 

3,212

 

2011

 

1,259

 

 


 

 


 

Total

 

$

5,171

 

 

$

8,852

 

 


 

 


 

4. Cash and Cash Equivalents

At March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $57,225 and $51,157 respectively, invested in both a major national brokerage firm's institutional fund that specializes in U.S. government securities and commercial paper with high credit ratings, and short term U.S. treasury securities.

Interest income for each of the three years ended March 31 consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended

 

 

 


 

 

 

March 31, 2006

 

March 31, 2005

 

March 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

2,108

 

$

876

 

$

386

 

 

 









 

5.6. Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions
(in thousands)

Accounts receivable include amounts related to maintenance and services which were billed but not yet rendered as of the end of the year. Undelivered maintenance and services are summarizedincluded on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:part of the deferred revenue balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

March 31,
2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered maintenance and services

 

$

29,832

 

$

22,162

 

Undelivered software, maintenance and services billed in advance, included in deferred revenue

 

 

17,389

 

 

13,037

 

 

 



 



 

Accounts receivable, gross

 

 

47,221

 

 

35,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve for bad debts

 

 

(2,556

)

 

(1,837

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

44,665

 

$

33,362

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered software, maintenance and services

 

$

50,417

 

$

42,574

 

Undelivered software, maintenance and implementation services billed in advance, included in deferred revenue

 

 

28,696

 

 

23,809

 

 

 



 



 

Accounts receivable, gross

 

 

79,113

 

 

66,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(2,528

)

 

(2,438

)

 

 



 



 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

76,585

 

$

63,945

 

 

 



 



 

Inventories are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

March 31,
2005

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer systems and components, net of reserve for obsolescence of $304 and $146, respectively

 

$

539

 

$

891

 

Computer systems and components, net of reserve for obsolescence of $223 and $324, respectively

 

$

992

 

$

1,147

 

Miscellaneous parts and supplies

 

22

 

69

 

 

32

 

28

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

Inventories, net

 

$

561

 

$

960

 

 

$

1,024

 

$

1,175

 

 


 


 

 


 


 



Equipment and improvements are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

March 31,
2005

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer and electronic test equipment

 

$

7,501

 

$

5,788

 

 

$

11,454

 

$

9,801

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

2,237

 

1,950

 

 

2,975

 

2,845

 

Leasehold improvements

 

597

 

187

 

 

1,259

 

929

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

10,335

 

7,925

 

 

15,688

 

13,575

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(6,596

)

 

(5,228

)

 

(10,915

)

 

(8,546

)

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment and improvements, net

 

$

3,739

 

$

2,697

 

 

$

4,773

 

$

5,029

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 


 


 

Bonus and commission

 

$

5,443

 

$

4,158

 

Vacation

 

2,903

 

2,363

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

$

8,346

 

$

6,521

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Short and long-term deferred revenue are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

$

10,175

 

$

10,241

 

Implementation services

 

25,929

 

24,246

 

Annual license services

 

6,532

 

2,219

 

Undelivered software and other

 

2,259

 

2,742

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

 

$

44,895

 

$

39,448

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 


 


 

Sales tax payable

 

$

765

 

$

805

 

Customer deposits

 

621

 

703

 

Deferred rent

 

607

 

652

 

Professional fees

 

600

 

425

 

Commission payable

 

346

 

767

 

Accrued EDI expenses

 

 

613

 

Accrued royalties

 

216

 

463

 

Other accrued expenses

 

1,239

 

1,198

 

 


 


 

Other current liabilities

 

$

4,394

 

$

5,626

 

 


 


 

Short7. Other Income - Gain from Life Insurance Proceeds

On September 26, 2007, Mr. Gregory Flynn, Executive Vice President and long-termGeneral Manager of the Company’s QSI Division passed away. Mr. Flynn participated in the Company’s deferred revenue are summarizedcompensation plan which is funded through the purchase of life insurance policies with the Company named as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

March 31,
2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

$

7,838

 

$

4,639

 

Implementation services

 

 

23,792

 

 

17,471

 

Undelivered software and other

 

 

4,286

 

 

3,367

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

35,916

 

$

25,477

 

 

 



 



 

Accruedbeneficiary. As a result of Mr. Flynn’s passing, the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $198 which was offset by net insurance proceeds of $953. The additional compensation expense was recorded in Selling, General and related benefits are summarizedAdministrative Expenses and the insurance proceeds were recorded as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

March 31,
2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonus

 

$

3,714

 

$

1,998

 

Vacation

 

 

1,776

 

 

1,438

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

$

5,490

 

$

3,436

 

 

 



 



 

Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

March 31,
2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

$

624

 

$

527

 

Sales tax payable

 

 

575

 

 

833

 

Commission payable

 

 

519

 

 

625

 

Professional services

 

 

224

 

 

417

 

Deferred rent

 

 

360

 

 

198

 

Accrued EDI expenses

 

 

470

 

 

419

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

1,040

 

 

1,002

 

 

 



 



 

 

Other current liabilities

 

$

3,812

 

$

4,021

 

 

 



 



 



6.8. Income Taxes

During the yearyears ended March 31, 20062008, 2007 and 2005,2006, the Company claimed federal research and development tax credits of $821$779, $787 and $493,$821, respectively, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $113, $99 and $60, respectively. For Due to the expiration of the Internal Revenue Service statute related to research and development credits on December 31, 2007, the Company’s research and development credits for the year ended March 31, 2006, we are claiming a deduction of $8402008 represent credits for the newly-creatednine-month period from April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007. The Company also claimed the qualified production activities income deduction under Section 199 of the Internal Revenue Service Code.Code for $3,069, $1,457 and $840 during the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Companyis claiming these credits onits tax returns.Researchresearch and development creditcredits and the qualified production activities income deductiontaken by the Company involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax codes.code provisions.



The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following components:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

$

12,824

 

$

5,365

 

$

5,551

 

State taxes

 

 

3,256

 

 

1,438

 

 

1,310

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

16,080

 

 

6,803

 

 

6,861

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

 

(1,168

)

 

2,040

 

 

(179

)

State taxes

 

 

(308

)

 

537

 

 

(56

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

(1,476

)

 

2,577

 

 

(235

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

14,604

 

$

9,380

 

$

6,626

 

 

 



 



 



 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Federal income tax statutory rate

 

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

 

Increase (decreases) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes

 

 

5.0

 

 

4.6

 

 

4.9

 

Research & development tax credits

 

 

(2.3

)

 

(4.3

)

 

(1.0

)

Qualified production activities income deduction

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

1.6

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Effective income tax rate

 

 

38.5

%

 

36.8

%

 

38.9

%

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

$

18,120

 

$

18,106

 

$

12,824

 

State taxes

 

 

4,348

 

 

4,488

 

 

3,256

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

22,468

 

 

22,594

 

 

16,080

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

 

333

 

 

(1,347

)

 

(1,168

)

State taxes

 

 

124

 

 

(295

)

 

(308

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

457

 

 

(1,642

)

 

(1,476

)

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

22,925

 

$

20,952

 

$

14,604

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax statutory rate

 

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes, net of Federal benefit

 

 

4.8

 

 

5.0

 

 

5.0

 

Research and development tax credits

 

 

(1.3

)

 

(1.7

)

 

(2.3

)

Qualified Production Activities Income Deduction

 

 

(1.8

)

 

(0.9

)

 

(0.8

)

Other

 

 

(0.3

)

 

1.3

 

 

1.6

 

 

 



 



 



 

Effective income tax rate

 

 

36.4

%

 

38.7

%

 

38.5

%

 

 



 



 



 



The net deferred tax assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following at March 31, 2006 and 2005:following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

As of March 31,

 

 


 

 

March 31, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue and bad debt allowance

 

$

3,336

 

$

1,081

 

Deferred revenue and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

4,534

 

$

4,528

 

Inventory valuation

 

198

 

195

 

 

137

 

206

 

Purchased in-process research and development

 

1,797

 

2,038

 

 

1,187

 

1,490

 

Intangible assets

 

126

 

118

 

Accrued compensation & benefits

 

606

 

903

 

Intangibles assets

 

102

 

100

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

1,701

 

917

 

Deferred compensation

 

745

 

517

 

 

806

 

975

 

State income taxes

 

176

 

 

 

92

 

55

 

Compensatory stock option expense

 

1,139

 

707

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

130

 

 

Other

 

327

 

102

 

 

801

 

387

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total deferred tax assets

 

7,311

 

4,954

 

 

10,629

 

9,365

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated depreciation

 

(916

)

 

(1,791

)

 

(545

)

 

(387

)

Capitalized software

 

(2,229

)

 

(1,469

)

 

(3,746

)

 

(2,955

)

Prepaid expense

 

(1,121

)

 

 

 

(1,516

)

 

(1,400

)

State income taxes

 

 

(189

)

Other

 

(64

)

 

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(4,330

)

 

(3,449

)

 

(5,807

)

 

(4,742

)

 


 


 

 


 


 

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

$

2,981

 

$

1,505

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

4,822

 

$

4,623

 

 


 


 

 


 


 

The deferred tax assets and liabilities have been shown net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheets based on the long-term or short-term nature of the items which give rise to the



deferred amount. No valuation allowance has been made against the deferred tax assets as management expects to receive the full benefit of the assets recorded.

On April 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48) an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (SFAS 109).” The adoption of the provisions of FIN 48 had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements. As a result, there was no cumulative effect related to adopting FIN 48. However, certain amounts have been reclassified in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets in order to comply with the requirements of the statement. At adoption, the Company had $394 of unrecognized tax benefits, $89 of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in the future. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which is recorded in income taxes payable in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of April 1, 2007

 

$

394

 

Additions for prior year tax positions

 

 

307

 

Reductions for prior year tax positions

 

 

(88

)

 

 



 

Balance at March 31, 2008

 

$

613

 

 

 



 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would decrease the income tax provision is $52.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize estimated interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in general and administrative expenses. The Company had approximately $8 and $45 of accrued interest at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No penalties were accrued.

The Company’s income tax returns filed for tax years 2004 through 2006 and 2003 through 2006 are subject to examination by the federal and state taxing authorities, respectively. The Company is currently not under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). However, the Company is under routine examination by two states. The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations within the next twelve months. The Company has filed three applications to change tax accounting methods. It is reasonably possible that the Company will receive consent to change these accounting methods within the next twelve months which would reduce the



unrecognized tax benefit balance as of March 31, 2008 by $561 with no impact on the tax provision.

7.9. Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements

The Company has a 401 (k)401(k) plan available to substantially all of its employees. Participating employees may defer up to the IRSInternal Revenue Service limit based on the IRSInternal Revenue Code per year. The annual contribution is determined by a formula set by the Company’s Board of Directors and may include matching and/or discretionary contributions. The amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. The retirement plans may be amended or discontinued at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions of $202, $162$317, $250 and $161$202 were made by the Company to the 401 (k)401(k) plan for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004,2006, respectively.

The Company has a deferred compensation plan (the Deferral Plan) for the benefit of those officers and employees who qualify for inclusion. Participating employees may defer between five5% and 50% of their compensation for a Deferral Plan year. In addition, the Company may, but is not required to, make contributions into the Deferral Plan on behalf of participating employees.employees, and the amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. Each employee’s deferrals together with earnings thereon are accrued as part of the long-term liabilities of the Company. Investment decisions are made by each participating employee from a family of mutual funds. Deferred compensation liability was $1,906 and $2,279 at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. To offset this liability, the Company has purchased life insurance policies on mostsome of the participants. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies and the cash values are intended to produce cash needed to help make the benefit payments to employees when they retire or otherwise leave the Company. The Company intends to hold the life insurance policy until the death of the plan participant. The net cash surrender value of the life insurance policies and an equal amount of related Company obligation for deferred compensation was $1,653$1,858 and $1,202$2,276 at March 31, 20062008 and 2005,2007, respectively. The values of the life insurance policies and the related Company obligation are included on the balance sheetaccompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in long-term other long term assets and long-term deferred compensation, respectively. The Company made contributions of $25, $13$29, $29 and $12$25 to the Deferral Plan for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.



The Company has a voluntary employee stock contribution plan for the benefit of full timefull-time employees. The plan is designed to allow certain employees to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock through automatic payroll deduction. Each eligible employee may authorize the withholding of up to 10% of his/her gross payroll each pay period to be used to purchase shares on the open market by a broker designated by the Company. In addition, the Company will match 5% of each employee’s contribution and will pay all brokerage commissions and fees in connection with each purchase. The amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. The plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and is therefore not required to comply with that Act. Contributions of approximately $14, $6$28, $10 and $3$14 were made by the Company for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 20052008, 2007 and 2004,2006, respectively.

The Company has an Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) with Mr. Louis E. Silverman dated July 20, 2000 which details the terms of his employment as its Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the Agreement, Mr. Silverman was eligible for a cash bonus of up to 50% of his annual base compensation based on performance goals established jointly between himself and the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has subsequently approved a bonus program that contains a provision that makes Mr. Silverman eligible for a cash bonus that is greater than that set forth in the Agreement.

Mr. Silverman’s employment may be terminated for any reason by himself or the Company upon 60 days written notice. Should Mr. Silverman terminate his employment due to the Company’s breach of the Agreement he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to six months base compensation; and (ii) immediate vesting of an additional 25% of all granted, but unvested stock options. Should Mr. Silverman’s employment be terminated without cause or by himself for good reason, he will be entitled to (i) unpaid base compensation and vacation earned and accrued through his date of termination plus a lump sum equal to six months base compensation, (ii) any other performance bonus earned and not paid, and (iii) 12 months worth of accelerated vesting of stock options granted pursuant to the agreement. Should Mr. Silverman’s employment be terminated due to a “change of control” he will be entitled to (i) unpaid base compensation and vacation earned plus a lump sum payment equal to six months base compensation; (ii) any performance bonus earned but not paid; and (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested options. A “change of control” is defined as the earliest occurrence of any of the following events: the direct or indirect sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of 35% or more of the total assets of the Company, the merger or consolidation of the Company with another company with the effect that the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold less than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the surviving company; the replacement of a majority of the Company’s Directors without the approval of the Board of Directors; the purchase of 25% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company with the exception of the purchase of securities by Sheldon Razin or Ahmed Hussein of shares owned by either Sheldon Razin or Ahmed Hussein. The Agreement also grants immediate vesting of all unvested options should a change of control occur whether or not Mr. Silverman’s employment is terminated.



8.10. Employee Stock Option Plans

In September 1998, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option plan (the “1998 Plan”) under which 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock have beenwere reserved for the issuance of options. The 1998 Plan provides that employees, directors and consultants of the Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of each option granted shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and options under the 1998 Plan expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Certain option grants to directors became exercisable three months from the date of grant. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option may be subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 1998 Plan terminatesterminated on December 31, 2007, unless sooner terminated by the Board. At March 31, 2006, 133,300 shares were available for future grant under the 1998 Plan.2007. As of March 31, 2006,2008, there were 1,798,3721,278,734 outstanding options related to this Plan.



In October 2005, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option and incentive plan (the “2005 Plan”) under which 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for the issuance of awards, including stock options, both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units (including performance options) and other stock basedshare-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides that employees, directors and consultants of the Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted awards to purchase shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of each award granted shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant.grant in accordance with the terms of the 2005 Plan, and under the



2005 Plan awards expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each outstanding award may be subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 2005 Plan terminates on May 25, 2015, unless sooner terminated by the Board. At March 31, 2006, 2,400,0002008, 2,375,000 shares were available for future grant under the 2005 Plan. As of March 31, 2006,2008, there were no25,000 outstanding options related to this Plan.

On February 8, 2008, the Board of Directors granted 25,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($33.51 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning February 8, 2009 and expire on February 8, 2013.

On November 5, 2007, the Board of Directors granted 6,000 options under the Company’s 1998 Plan to an employee, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($33.25 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning November 5, 2008 and expire on November 5, 2012.

On August 9, 2007, the Board of Directors granted a total of 35,000 options under the Company’s 1998 Plan to non-management directors pursuant to the Company’s previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($43.26 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 9, 2008 and expire on August 9, 2012.

On June 12, 2007, the Board of Directors granted a total of 159,500 options under a previously approved performance-based equity incentive program for selected employees based on fiscal year 2007 performance. These shares were issued under the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($38.83 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning June 12, 2008 and expire on June 12, 2012.

On September 20, 2006, the Board of Directors granted a total of 35,000 options under the Company’s 1998 Plan to non-management directors pursuant to the Company’s previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($39.81 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning September 20, 2007 and expire on September 20, 2013.

On August 11, 2006, the Board of Directors granted a total of 40,000 options under the Company’s 1998 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant ($37.09 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 11, 2007 and expire on August 11, 2011.

On July 25, 2006, the Board of Directors approved a performance-based equity incentive program for employees to be awarded options to purchase the Company’s common stock based on meeting certain target increases in earnings per share performance and revenue growth during fiscal year 2007. The options shall be issued pursuant to one of the Company’s shareholder approved option plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant, a term of five years, vest in four equal installments commencing one year following the date of grant. The maximum number of options originally available under the performance-based equity incentive program plan was 115,000. On January 29, 2007, a committee comprised of all the independent directors of the Board of Directors modified the Company’s previously approved performance based equity incentive program for employees. Modifications to the program included an increase in the maximum number of options available under the program from 115,000 to 290,000 and revisions to certain revenue targets. Compensation expense of $425 for these options was recorded in the year ended March 31, 2007. A total of 159,500 options was granted during the quarter ended June 30, 2007 based on the achievement of certain fiscal 2007 revenue and earnings per share performance targets included in the fiscal year 2007 equity incentive program.

On October 5, 2005, the Board of Directors granted a total of 124,000 stock options under the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan to non-management Directorsdirectors pursuant to the Company’s previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant ($34.065 per share). The options fully vested on January 5, 2006 and expire on October 5, 2012. No compensation expense has been recorded for these options.

On August 8, 2005, the Board of Directors granted 19,000 options under the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant ($32.445 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 8, 2006 and expire on August 8, 2012. No compensation expense has been recorded for these options.



On February 11, 2005, the BoardA summary of Directors granted 1,044,900 options under the 1998 plan to selected employees and to Directors (14,000 for each Director) at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant ($19.34 per share). The options granted to employees vest in four annual installments beginning February 11, 2006 and expire on February 11, 2012. The options granted to Directors fully vested on May 11, 2005 and expire on February 11, 2012. No compensation expense has been recorded for these options.

On September 21, 2004, the Board of Directors granted 70,000 options under the 1998 plan to Directors (10,000 for each Director) at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant ($12.75 per share). The options fully vested on March 21, 2005 and expire on September 21, 2009. No compensation expense has been recorded for these options.

On September 3, 2004, the Board of Directors granted 60,000 options under the 1998 plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant ($11.855 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning September 3, 2005 and expire on September 3, 2009. No compensation expense has been recorded for these options.

On June 10, 2004, the Board of Directors granted 600,000 options under the 1998 plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant ($11.67 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning June 10, 2005 and expire on June 10, 2009. No compensation expense has been recorded for these options.

On October 29, 2003, the Board of Directors granted 240,000 options under the 1998 plan to employees at an exercise price of $3.865 per share. The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning October 29, 2004 and expire on October 29, 2008. Based on the closing share price of the Company’s stock on October 29, 2003 ($11.04 per share), this option grant will result in compensation expense of up to $1,722 (assuming all employees granted options continue their employment at the Company throughout the entire four year vesting period) to be amortized evenly over the next four years ending October 2007. Duringtransactions during the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Outstanding, March 31, 2005

 

 

2,169,444

 

 

$

13.89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

143,000

 

 

$

33.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(486,772

)

 

$

9.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,169

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(27,300

)

 

$

12.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2006

 

 

1,798,372

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

75,000

 

 

$

38.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(411,414

)

 

$

14.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,393

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(8

)

 

$

3.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2007

 

 

1,461,950

 

 

$

18.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

225,500

 

 

$

38.78

 

 

 

 

4.31

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(325,266

)

 

$

14.64

 

 

 

 

2.48

 

 

$

4,955

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(58,450

)

 

$

21.12

 

 

 

 

3.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2008

 

 

1,303,734

 

 

$

22.81

 

 

 

 

3.40

 

 

$

12,220

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, March 31, 2008

 

 

1,293,863

 

 

$

22.79

 

 

 

 

3.40

 

 

$

12,143

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, March 31, 2006

 

 

471,297

 

 

$

20.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, March 31, 2007

 

 

520,650

 

 

$

20.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, March 31, 2008

 

 

654,298

 

 

$

19.90

 

 

 

 

3.26

 

 

$

7,127

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company continues to utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of share-based compensation after the adoption of SFAS 123R with the following assumptions:

Year Ended
March 31, 2008

Year Ended
March 31, 2007


Expected life

3.75 - 4.01 years

3.75 - 4.75 years

Expected volatility

42.37% - 44.81%

47.7% - 48.5%

Expected dividends

2.67% - 3.38%

2.05% - 2.36%

Risk-free rate

2.46% - 5.09%

4.53% - 5.09%

During the year ended March 31, 2008, 25,000 options were granted under the 2005 Plan and 2004,200,500 were granted under the 1998 Plan. During the year ended March 31, 2007, 75,000 options were granted under the 1998 Plan. The Company issues new shares to satisfy option exercises. Based on historical experience of option cancellations, the Company recognized compensation expensehas estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of $428, $431ranging from 1.2% to 1.5% for employee options and $180 related to these options.



During0.0% for director options for the year ended March 31, 2008. Based on historical experience of option cancellations, the Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of 1.2% for employee options and 0.0% for director options for the year ended March 31, 2007. The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended March 31, 2006,2008, 2007 and 2005 was $12.41, $14.33 and 2004,$15.23 per share, respectively. The expected dividend yield is the Company received tax benefit fromaverage dividend rate during a period equal to the exercise of stock options of $4,831, $2,680, and $1,454 respectively.

On October 29, 2003, the Board of Directors granted 14,000 options under the 1998 plan to Emad Zikry, a then Directorexpected life of the Company, at an exercise price of $1.75 per share, as director fees solely for his service on the Board of Directors. The options vested immediately and expire on October 20, 2008. This option grant resulted in compensation expense of approximately $130 recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2003 using the intrinsic value method.option.



A summary of option transactions under the 1998 PlanNon-vested stock award activity including awards for the three yearsyear ended March 31, 20062008 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


















 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 






 






 






 

 

 

Options

 

Weighted
-Average
Exercise
Price

 

Options

 

Weighted
-Average
Exercise
Price

 

Options

 

Weighted
-Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

 


















 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

 

2,169,444

 

 

$

13.89

 

 

 

1,322,348

 

 

$

2.63

 

 

 

1,792,308

 

 

$

2.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

143,000

 

 

 

33.85

 

 

 

1,774,900

 

 

 

16.23

 

 

 

254,000

 

 

 

3.75

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(486,772

)

 

 

9.20

 

 

 

(920,556

)

 

 

2.29

 

 

 

(692,960

)

 

 

1.89

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(27,300

)

 

 

12.37

 

 

 

(7,248

)

 

 

2.03

 

 

 

(31,000

)

 

 

2.25

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, end of year

 

 

1,798,372

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

 

2,169,444

 

 

$

13.89

 

 

 

1,322,348

 

 

$

2.63

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

Available for future grants

 

 

133,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

276,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,051,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

The majority of the outstanding stock options vest ratably over a four-year period commencing from the respective option grant dates. Stock options outstanding at March 31, 2006 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 




 

Range of
Exercise
Price

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life

 

Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price

 

Number
Exercisable

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 













$2.81 to $3.87

 

 

143,558

 

 

2.27

 

 

$

3.70

 

 

 

23,558

 

 

$

2.88

 

 

 

$11.67 to $12.75

 

 

585,910

 

 

3.24

 

 

$

11.77

 

 

 

99,910

 

 

$

12.21

 

 

 

$19.34 to $19.34

 

 

925,904

 

 

5.87

 

 

$

19.34

 

 

 

223,829

 

 

$

19.34

 

 

 

$32.45 to $34.07

 

 

143,000

 

 

6.50

 

 

$

33.85

 

 

 

124,000

 

 

$

34.07

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,798,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

471,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested
Number of
Shares

 

Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

 

 


 

Non-vested, April 1, 2007

 

 

941,300

 

$

7.89

 

Granted

 

 

225,500

 

$

12.41

 

Vested

 

 

(458,914

)

$

2.93

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(58,450

)

$

9.16

 

 




 

 

 

 

Non-vested, March 31, 2008

 

 

649,436

 

$

9.57

 

 




 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2008, $4,755 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.54 years. This amount does not include the cost of new options that may be granted in future periods nor any changes in the Company’s forfeiture percentage. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended March 31, 2008 was $1,345.

9.11. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation.The Company has experienced legal claims by parties asserting that it has infringed their intellectual property rights. The Company believes that these claims are not material, are without merit, and the Company intends to defend against them vigorously. However, litigation is a partyinherently uncertain, always difficult to various legal proceedings incidental to itspredict, and the impact that these claims may have on the Company’s business, noneresults of which are considered byoperations and financial condition cannot be accurately ascertained at this time. The Company could incur substantial costs and diversion of management to be material.resources defending any infringement claim - even if it is ultimately successful in the defense of such matters.

Rental Commitments.The Company leases facilities and offices under irrevocable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through October 2011.May 2013 with rent escalation clauses. Rent expense related to these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease terms. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 2005,was $2,737, $2,329 and 2004 was $1,634, $1,285 and $1,226, respectively. Rental commitments under these agreements are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

1,771

 

2008

 

2,137

 

2009

 

1,905

 

 

$

3,156

 

2010

 

1,903

 

 

3,131

 

2011 and beyond

 

2,688

 

2011

 

3,164

 

2012

 

1,716

 

2013 and beyond

 

942

 

 


 

 



 

 

$

10,404

 

 

$

12,109

 

 


 

 



 

Commitments & Guaranteesand Guarantees.. Software license agreements in both ourthe QSI and NextGen Divisions include a performance guarantee that ourthe Company’s software products will substantially operate as described in the applicable program documentation for a period of 365 days after delivery. To date, we havethe Company has not incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and dodoes not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties. Certain arrangements also include performance guarantees related to response time, availability for operational use, and other performance-related guarantees. Certain arrangements also include penalties in the form of maintenance credits should the performance of the software fail to meet the performance guarantees. To date, the Company has not incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and does not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties.

We haveThe Company has historically offered short-term rights of return of less than 20 days in certain of our sales arrangements. Based on our historical experience with similarIf the Company is able to estimate returns for these types of sales transactions bearingarrangements and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met, revenue is recognized and these short-termarrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If the Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements until



the rights of return weexpire, provided also, that all other criteria of revenue recognition have not recorded any accrual for returns in our financial statements.been met.

OurThe Company’s standard sales agreements in the NextGen Division contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which weit shall indemnify, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with any United States patent, any copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to ourits software. The QSI divisionDivision arrangements occasionally utilize this type of language as well. As we havethe Company has not incurred any significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements, we believethe Company believes that ourits estimated exposure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, we havethe Company has no liabilities recorded for these indemnification obligations.

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and services as part of its sales arrangements. Discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, which are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated as an additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with existing users of the Company’s products which provide the opportunity for those users to earn commissions if and only if they host specific site visits upon the Company’s request for prospective customers which directly result in a purchase of the Company’s software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.

10.12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, deferred revenue and accrued liabilities. Management believes that the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, deferred revenue, and accrued liabilities approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Marketable securities are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or on valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity titled accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred (see also Notes 2 and 4).

11.13. Operating Segment Information

The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with SFAS 131 “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” to report components that are evaluated regularly by its chief operating decision maker, or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Reportable operating segments include the NextGen Division and the QSI Division.

The two divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each division maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support teams, sales staffing, and branding. The two divisions share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office” which includes a variety of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software from each of the Company’s two divisions.

The QSI Division, co-located with the Company’s Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In addition, the division supports a number of medical clients that utilize the division’s UNIXa based medical practice management software product. The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and a second significant location in Atlanta, Georgia, focuses principally on developing and marketing products and services for medical practices.

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, except that the disaggregated financial results of the segments reflect allocation of certain functional expense categories consistent with the basis and manner in which Company management internally disaggregates financial information for the purpose of assisting in making internal operating decisions. Certain


a UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.



corporate overhead costs, such as executive and accounting department personnel relatedpersonnel-related expenses, are not allocated to the individual segments by management. Management evaluates performance based on stand-alone segment operating income. Because the Company does not evaluate performance based on return on assets at the operating segment level, assets are not tracked internally by segment. Therefore, segment asset information is not presented.

Operating segment data for the three years ended March 31 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

QSI
Division

 

 

NextGen
Division

 

 

Unallocated
Corp.
Expenses

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

15,544

 

$

103,743

 

$

 

$

119,287

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

3,610

 

 

40,245

 

 

(8,037

)

 

35,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

15,367

 

 

73,594

 

 

 

 

88,961

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

4,162

 

 

25,904

 

 

(5,453

)

 

24,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

16,491

 

 

54,443

 

 

 

 

70,934

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

4,877

 

$

15,789

 

$

(4,026

)

$

16,640

 



12.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

NextGen
Division

 

Unallocated
Corporate
Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue:

 

$

16,037

 

$

170,463

 

$

 

$

186,500

 

Operating income (loss):

 

 

3,662

 

 

66,558

 

 

(10,831

)

 

59,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue:

 

 

16,589

 

 

140,576

 

 

 

 

157,165

 

Operating income (loss):

 

 

4,391

 

 

56,317

 

 

(9,830

)

 

50,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue:

 

 

15,544

 

 

103,743

 

 

 

 

119,287

 

Operating income (loss):

 

$

3,610

 

$

40,245

 

$

(8,037

)

$

35,818

 

14. Customer Concentration

No customer represented more than 10% of gross accounts receivable as of March 31, 2008. One customer represented approximately 12.5% of total gross accounts receivable as of March 31, 2007.

15. Subsequent Events

On May 16, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI), a full-service healthcare revenue management company servicing healthcare clients. The acquisition was made under the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger resulting in HSI becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of QSI. The closing of the HSI acquisition occurred on May 20, 2008. The purchase price consists of approximately $15,400 plus up to approximately $1,650 in incentives tied to future performance. The $15,400 consists of approximately equal parts of cash and restricted QSI common stock, subject to restrictions on resale lapsing over a two year period.

On May 29, 2008, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 13, 2008 with an anticipated distribution date of July 2, 2008. The Company anticipates that future quarterly dividends, if and when declared by the Board pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July, subject to review by the Board of Directors.

16. Selected Quarterly Operating Results (unaudited)

The following table presents quarterly unaudited consolidated financial information for the eight quarters in the period ended March 31, 2006.2008. Such information is presented on the same basis as the annual information presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In management’s opinion, this information reflects all adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for these periods.



COMPARISON BY QUARTER*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Quarter Ended (Unaudited)

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6/30/04

 

9/30/04

 

12/31/04

 

3/31/05

 

6/30/05

 

9/30/05

 

12/31/05

 

3/31/06

 

 

Quarter Ended (Unaudited)

 

 


 

 

6/30/2006

 

9/30/2006

 

12/31/2006

 

3/31/2007

 

6/30/2007

 

9/30/2007

 

12/31/2007

 

3/31/2008

 

 
















 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

$

8,819

 

$

9,307

 

$

9,781

 

$

11,765

 

$

12,973

 

$

13,661

 

$

10,835

 

$

17,469

 

 

$

15,029

 

$

16,737

 

$

16,088

 

$

21,017

 

$

16,739

 

$

18,514

 

$

20,591

 

$

20,519

 

Implementation and training

 

2,265

 

2,300

 

1,889

 

2,402

 

2,490

 

3,031

 

2,615

 

3,157

 

 

2,954

 

2,848

 

2,885

 

3,490

 

3,248

 

3,182

 

3,115

 

3,861

 

 


 

 


 

Total system sales

 

11,084

 

11,607

 

11,670

 

14,167

 

15,463

 

16,692

 

13,450

 

20,626

 

Maintenance and other

 

6,759

 

7,022

 

7,681

 

8,483

 

8,863

 

9,676

 

9,992

 

11,269

 

Electronic data interchange

 

2,287

 

2,588

 

2,737

 

2,876

 

3,102

 

3,174

 

3,310

 

3,670

 

Total System sales

 

17,983

 

19,585

 

18,973

 

24,507

 

19,987

 

21,696

 

23,706

 

24,380

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total maintenance, EDI and Other

 

9,046

 

9,610

 

10,418

 

11,359

 

11,965

 

12,850

 

13,302

 

14,939

 

Maintenance

 

9,399

 

9,639

 

11,069

 

11,841

 

12,559

 

13,442

 

14,861

 

15,593

 

EDI

 

3,977

 

4,066

 

4,290

 

4,716

 

5,024

 

5,406

 

5,739

 

6,281

 

Other services

 

4,715

 

4,169

 

4,164

 

4,072

 

4,462

 

4,602

 

3,784

 

4,978

 

 


 

Total Maintenance, EDI and Other services

 

18,091

 

17,874

 

19,523

 

20,629

 

22,045

 

23,450

 

24,384

 

26,852

 

 
















 

 


 

Total revenue

 

20,130

 

21,217

 

22,088

 

25,526

 

27,428

 

29,542

 

26,752

 

35,565

 

 

36,074

 

37,459

 

38,496

 

45,136

 

42,032

 

45,146

 

48,090

 

51,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

2,352

 

1,692

 

1,384

 

2,097

 

2,456

 

1,907

 

1,659

 

2,126

 

 

1,689

 

1,723

 

1,798

 

3,243

 

2,488

 

2,477

 

2,984

 

2,938

 

Implementation and training

 

1,392

 

1,579

 

1,575

 

1,754

 

1,824

 

1,942

 

1,975

 

2,347

 

 

1,963

 

2,154

 

2,169

 

2,249

 

2,409

 

2,423

 

2,638

 

2,871

 

 


 

 


 

Total cost of system sales

 

3,744

 

3,271

 

2,959

 

3,851

 

4,280

 

3,849

 

3,634

 

4,473

 

 

3,652

 

3,877

 

3,967

 

5,492

 

4,897

 

4,900

 

5,622

 

5,809

 

Maintenance and other

 

2,947

 

2,956

 

2,823

 

3,394

 

3,409

 

3,637

 

3,553

 

4,432

 

Electronic data interchange

 

1,410

 

1,710

 

1,733

 

1,871

 

2,062

 

2,125

 

2,216

 

2,158

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of maintenance, EDI and other

 

4,357

 

4,666

 

4,556

 

5,265

 

5,471

 

5,762

 

5,769

 

6,590

 

Maintenance

 

3,137

 

2,792

 

3,058

 

2,847

 

3,127

 

3,033

 

3,131

 

3,155

 

EDI

 

2,780

 

2,926

 

3,144

 

3,331

 

3,509

 

3,742

 

4,162

 

4,363

 

Other services

 

1,888

 

2,238

 

2,528

 

3,127

 

3,009

 

3,100

 

3,233

 

3,709

 

 


 

Total cost of Maintenance, EDI and Other services

 

7,805

 

7,956

 

8,730

 

9,305

 

9,645

 

9,875

 

10,526

 

11,227

 

 


 

 


 

Total cost of revenue

 

8,101

 

7,937

 

7,515

 

9,116

 

9,751

 

9,611

 

9,403

 

11,063

 

 

11,457

 

11,833

 

12,697

 

14,797

 

14,542

 

14,775

 

16,148

 

17,036

 

 
















 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

12,029

 

13,280

 

14,573

 

16,410

 

17,677

 

19,931

 

17,349

 

24,502

 

 

24,617

 

25,626

 

25,799

 

30,339

 

27,490

 

30,371

 

31,942

 

34,196

 

Selling, general, & administrative

 

4,953

 

5,414

 

6,420

 

7,989

 

8,032

 

8,920

 

8,016

 

10,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

10,200

 

9,994

 

10,593

 

14,550

 

12,643

 

13,188

 

13,283

 

14,146

 

Research and development

 

1,612

 

1,818

 

1,707

 

1,766

 

1,741

 

1,977

 

2,208

 

2,161

 

 

2,318

 

2,591

 

2,601

 

2,656

 

2,800

 

2,688

 

2,874

 

2,988

 

 


 

 


 

Income from operations

 

5,464

 

6,048

 

6,446

 

6,655

 

7,904

 

9,034

 

7,125

 

11,755

 

 

12,099

 

13,041

 

12,605

 

13,133

 

12,047

 

14,495

 

15,785

 

17,062

 

Interest income

 

120

 

170

 

263

 

323

 

341

 

460

 

594

 

713

 

 

667

 

819

 

935

 

885

 

739

 

645

 

710

 

567

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

953

 

 

 


 

 


 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

5,584

 

6,218

 

6,709

 

6,978

 

8,245

 

9,494

 

7,719

 

12,468

 

 

12,766

 

13,860

 

13,540

 

14,018

 

12,786

 

15,140

 

17,448

 

17,629

 

Provision for income taxes

 

2,202

 

2,503

 

2,488

 

2,187

 

3,170

 

3,700

 

2,904

 

4,830

 

 

5,097

 

5,523

 

4,819

 

5,513

 

4,846

 

5,468

 

6,234

 

6,377

 

 
















 

 


 

Net income

 

$

3,382

 

$

3,715

 

$

4,221

 

$

4,791

 

$

5,075

 

$

5,794

 

$

4,815

 

$

7,638

 

 

$

7,669

 

$

8,337

 

$

8,721

 

$

8,505

 

$

7,940

 

$

9,672

 

$

11,214

 

$

11,252

 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share – basic *

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.29

 

Net income per share – diluted *

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.28

 

Net income per share – basic*

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.41

 

Net income per share – diluted*

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.41

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

 

25,332

 

25,560

 

25,904

 

26,178

 

26,224

 

26,298

 

26,490

 

26,642

 

 

26,714

 

26,802

 

26,966

 

27,049

 

27,134

 

27,287

 

27,362

 

27,408

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

 

26,308

 

26,392

 

26,564

 

26,740

 

26,950

 

27,128

 

27,372

 

27,432

 

 

27,232

 

27,380

 

27,507

 

27,600

 

27,657

 

27,718

 

27,696

 

27,712

 


 

 

*

Will not add to annual EPS due to rounding



Schedule II

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended



 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 

Additions
Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

 

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

 

Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

 

Deductions

 

Balance at End
of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

2,438

 

$

1,171

 

$

(1,081

)

$

2,528

 

March 31, 2007

 

$

2,556

 

$

1,480

 

$

(1,598

)

$

2,438

 

March 31, 2006

 

$

1,837

 

$

1,181

 

$

(462

)

 

$

2,556

 

 

$

1,837

 

$

1,181

 

$

(462

)

$

2,556

 

March 31, 2005

 

$

1,293

 

$

797

 

$

(253

)

 

$

1,837

 

March 31, 2004

 

$

990

 

$

647

 

$

(344

)

 

$

1,293

 

ALLOWANCE FOR INVENTORY OBSOLESCENSE
(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended



 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 

Additions
Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

 

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

 

Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

 

Deductions

 

Balance at End
of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

324

 

$

52

 

$

(153

)

$

223

 

March 31, 2007

 

$

304

 

$

35

 

$

(15

)

$

324

 

March 31, 2006

 

$

146

 

$

179

 

$

(21

)

 

$

304

 

 

$

146

 

$

179

 

$

(21

)

$

304

 

March 31, 2005

 

$

207

 

$

160

 

$

(221

)

 

$

146

 

March 31, 2004

 

$

160

 

$

54

 

$

(7

)

 

$

207

 



INDEX TO EXHIBITS ATTACHED TO THIS REPORT

 

 

10.23

Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated September 6, 2005.

 

 

10.24EXHIBIT
NUMBER

Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated September 22, 2005.

DESCRIPTION



 

 

10.25

Second Amendment to lease agreement between the Company10.27

Agreement and HUB PropertiesPlan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub, LLC dated
February 14, 2006.and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC.

 

 

2110.28

List of SubsidiariesOffice lease between the Company and LAKESHORE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP PHASE II, a California limited partnership, dated October 18, 2007.

 

 

23.110.29

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001.

10.30First Amendment to Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.
10.31Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated November 28, 2001.
10.32Second Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.
10.33Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, and TM Properties, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.

21

List of Subsidiaries

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Grant Thornton LLP.LLP

 

 

31.1

Certification of ChiefPrincipal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

 

 

31.2

Certification of ChiefPrincipal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

 

 

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

7779